Lake Sunapee Bank (LSBG) 10-K 2014 FY Annual report

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

x Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

or

¨ Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Commission File Number 000-17859

NEW HAMPSHIRE THRIFT BANCSHARES, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware	02-0430695
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

9 Main Street, PO Box 9

Newport, New Hampshire 03773-0009

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (603) 863-0886

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, $.01 par value	The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC
Title of class	Name of exchange on which registered

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark is the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer	¨	Accelerated filer	x
Non-accelerated filer	¨  (Do not check is a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

As of March 7, 2015, there were 8,263,068 shares of the registrant’s common stock issued and outstanding.

As of June 30, 2014, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $115.2 million based on the closing sale price as reported on The NASDAQ Global Market.

Documents Incorporated By Reference:

Portions of the proxy statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report. The Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc.

INDEX

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements	ii
PART I
Item 1. Business	1
Item 1A. Risk Factors	22
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments	26
Item 2. Properties	26
Item 3. Legal Proceedings	27
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures	27
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	28
Item 6. Selected Financial Data	30
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	32
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	54
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	56
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	56
Item 9A Controls and Procedures	56
Item 9B. Other Information	59
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	60
Item 11. Executive Compensation	60
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	60
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	60
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services	60
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	61

i

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not statements of historical fact constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, notwithstanding that such statements are not specifically identified as such. In addition, certain statements may be contained in the Company’s future filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), in press releases, and in oral and written statements made by or with the approval of the Company that are not statements of historical fact and constitute forward-looking statements. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: (i) projections of revenues, expenses, income or loss, earnings or loss per share, the payment or nonpayment of dividends, capital structure and other financial items; (ii) statements of plans, objectives and expectations of the Company or its management or Board of Directors, including those relating to products or services or the impact or expected outcome of any legal proceedings; (iii) statements of future economic performance; and (iv) statements of assumptions underlying such statements. Words such as “believes,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “targeted,” “continues,” “remains,” “will,” “should,” “may” and other similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements.

Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those in such statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

• local, regional, national and international economic conditions and the impact they may have on us and our customers and our assessment of that impact;

• continued volatility and disruption in national and international financial markets;

• changes in the level of non-performing assets and charge-offs;

• changes in estimates of future reserve requirements based upon the periodic review thereof under relevant regulatory and accounting requirements;

• adverse conditions in the securities markets that lead to impairment in the value of securities in our investment portfolio;

• inflation, interest rate, securities market and monetary fluctuations;

• the timely development and acceptance of new products and services and perceived overall value of these products and services by users;

• changes in consumer spending, borrowings and savings habits;

• technological changes;

• acquisitions and integration of acquired businesses;

• the ability to increase market share and control expenses;

• changes in the competitive environment among banks, financial holding companies and other financial service providers;

• the effect of changes in laws and regulations (including laws and regulations concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance) with which we must comply;

• the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and other accounting standard setters;

• the costs and effects of legal and regulatory developments including the resolution of legal proceedings or regulatory or other governmental inquiries and the results of regulatory examinations or reviews; and

• our success at managing the risks involved in the foregoing items.

ii

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which such statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made, or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

Throughout this report, the terms “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to the consolidated entity of New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc., its wholly owned subsidiary, Lake Sunapee Bank, fsb (the “Bank”), and the Bank’s subsidiaries, Charter Holding Corp., McCrillis & Eldredge Insurance, Inc., Lake Sunapee Group, Inc. and Lake Sunapee Financial Services Corporation.

iii

PART I.

Item 1. Business

GENERAL

Organization

New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware holding company organized on July 5, 1989, is the parent company of Lake Sunapee Bank, fsb (the “Bank”), a federally chartered savings association. The Bank was originally chartered by the State of New Hampshire in 1868 as the Newport Savings Bank. The Bank became a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) in 1959 and a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLBB”) in 1978. On December 1, 1980, the Bank was the first bank in the United States to convert from a state-chartered mutual savings bank to a federally chartered mutual savings bank. In 1981, the Bank changed its name to “Lake Sunapee Savings Bank, fsb” and in 1994, refined its name to “Lake Sunapee Bank, fsb.” The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC.

The Bank is a thrift institution established for the purposes of providing the public with a convenient and safe place to invest funds, for the financing of housing, consumer-oriented products and commercial loans, and for providing a variety of other consumer-oriented financial services. The Bank is a full-service community institution promoting the ideals of thrift, security, home ownership and financial independence for its customers. The Bank’s operations are conducted from its home office located in Newport, New Hampshire and its branch offices located in Andover, Bradford, Claremont, Enfield, Grantham, Guild, Hillsboro, Lebanon, Milford, Nashua, Newbury, New London, Peterborough, Sunapee and West Lebanon, New Hampshire, and Brandon, Pittsford, Quechee, Randolph, Rochester, Royalton, Rutland, South Royalton, West Rutland, Williamstown and Woodstock, Vermont.

The Bank has four wholly owned subsidiaries: Charter Holding Corp. (“Charter Holding”), McCrillis & Eldredge Insurance, Inc. (“McCrillis & Eldredge”), Lake Sunapee Group, Inc. and Lake Sunapee Financial Services Corporation.

Recent Acquisitions

On September 4, 2013, the Bank completed its purchase of all shares of common stock of Charter Holding held by Meredith Village Savings Bank (“MVSB”) for a total purchase price of $6.2 million in cash. Prior to the purchase, each of the Bank and MVSB owned 50% of Charter Holding’s outstanding shares of common stock. Following completion of the transaction, the Bank now owns 100% of the outstanding shares of Charter Holding and its subsidiary, Charter Trust Company (“Charter Trust”).

On October 25, 2013, we completed our previously announced acquisition of Central Financial Corporation (“CFC”). Under the terms of the agreement, CFC merged with and into us, with us being the surviving corporation of the merger. Additionally, The Randolph National Bank (“RNB”), a wholly owned subsidiary of CFC, merged with and into the Bank with the Bank continuing as the surviving entity. We issued approximately 1.1 million shares of its common stock to CFC shareholders in the transaction on the basis of 8.699 shares of our common stock for each share of CFC common stock. The total consideration payable to CFC shareholders was valued at approximately $15.9 million based on the October 25, 2013 closing price of $14.64 per share of our common stock.

Operating Segments

Our operations are managed along two reportable segments that represent our core businesses: Banking and Wealth Management. The Banking segment provides a wide array of lending and depository-related products and

1

services to individuals, businesses and municipal enterprises. The Banking segment also provides commercial insurance and consumer products, including life, health, auto and homeowner insurance, through McCrillis & Eldredge and brokerage services through Lake Sunapee Financial Services Corporation. The Wealth Management segment provides trust and investment services through Charter Holding and Charter Trust. A summary of the financial results for each of our segments is included in Note 23—Operating Segments in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere within this report.

Employees

At December 31, 2014, we had a total of 322 full-time employees, 40 part-time employees, and 20 per-diem employees. These employees are not represented by collective bargaining agents. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good.

Market Area

Our market area extends from the southern New Hampshire/Massachusetts border-city of Nashua to the north through central and western New Hampshire and central Vermont. It is concentrated in the counties of Hillsborough, Grafton, Merrimack, Sullivan and Cheshire in south, central and western New Hampshire, and the counties of Rutland, Windsor and Orange in central Vermont.

There are several distinct regions within our market area. The first region is centered in Nashua, New Hampshire, the second largest city in the three northern New England states of New Hampshire, Maine and Vermont. Nashua’s downtown is a regional commercial, entertainment and dining destination. The city, bordering Massachusetts to the south, enjoys a vibrant high-tech industry and a robust retail industry due in part to New Hampshire’s absence of a sales tax. The Upper Valley region is located in the west-central area of New Hampshire, and includes the towns of Lebanon, a commerce and manufacturing center, home to Dartmouth-Hitchcock Medical Center, New Hampshire’s only academic medical center, and Hanover, home of Dartmouth College. The Lake Sunapee region is a popular year-round recreation and resort area that includes both Lake Sunapee and Mount Sunapee.

The Monadnock region, in southwestern New Hampshire, is named after Mount Monadnock, the major geographic landmark in the region, and consists of Cheshire, southern Sullivan and western Hillsborough counties. Rutland, Windsor and Orange counties are located in central Vermont. This region is home to many attractions, including Killington Mountain, Okemo Resort, and the city of Rutland. Popular vacation destinations in this region include Woodstock, Brandon, Ludlow and Quechee.

COMPETITION

We face strong competition in the attraction of deposits. Our most direct competition for deposits comes from other thrifts and commercial banks as well as credit unions located in our primary market areas. We face additional significant competition for investors’ funds from mutual funds and other corporate and government securities.

We compete for deposits principally by offering depositors a wide variety of savings programs, a market rate of return, tax-deferred retirement programs and other related services. We do not rely upon any individual, group or entity for a material portion of our deposits.

Our competition for real estate loans comes from mortgage banking companies, thrift institutions and commercial banks. We compete for loan originations primarily through the interest rates and loan fees we charge and the efficiency and quality of services we provide borrowers, real estate brokers and builders. Our competition for loans varies from time to time depending upon the general availability of lendable funds and credit, general

2

and local economic conditions, current interest rate levels, volatility in the mortgage markets and other factors which are not readily predictable. We have six loan originators on staff who call on real estate agents, follow leads, and are available seven days a week to service the mortgage loan market.

LENDING ACTIVITIES

Our net loan portfolio was $1.2 billion at December 31, 2014, representing approximately 80% of total assets. As of December 31, 2014, approximately 54% of the mortgage loan portfolio had adjustable rates. As of December 31, 2014, we had sold $411.6 million in fixed-rate mortgage loans in an effort to meet customer demands for fixed-rate loans, minimize our interest rate risk, provide liquidity and build a servicing portfolio.

Real Estate Loans

Our loan origination team solicits conventional residential mortgage loans in the local real estate marketplace. Residential borrowers are frequently referred to us by our existing customers or real estate agents. Generally, we make conventional mortgage loans (loans of 80% of value or less that are neither insured nor partially guaranteed by government agencies) on one- to four-family owner occupied dwellings. We also make residential loans up to 97% of the appraised value if the top 20% of the loan is covered by private mortgage insurance. Residential mortgage loans typically have terms up to 30 years and are amortized on a monthly basis with principal and interest due each month. Currently, we offer three-year, five-year, seven-year and ten-year adjustable-rate mortgage loans and long-term fixed-rate loans. Borrowers may prepay loans at their option or refinance their loans on terms agreeable to us. Management believes that, due to prepayments in connection with refinancing and sales of property, the average length of our long-term residential loans is approximately seven years.

The terms of conventional residential mortgage loans originated by us contain a “due-on-sale” clause, which permits us to accelerate the indebtedness of a loan upon the sale or other disposition of the mortgaged property. Due-on-sale clauses are an important means of increasing the turnover of mortgage loans in our portfolio.

Commercial real estate loans are solicited by our commercial banking team in our local real estate market. In addition, commercial borrowers are frequently referred to us by our existing customers, local accountants and attorneys. Generally, we make commercial real estate loans up to 75% of value with terms up to 20 years, amortizing the loans on a monthly basis with principal and interest due each month. Debt service coverage (the amount of cash left over after expenses have been paid) required to cover our interest and principal payments generally must equal or exceed 125% of the loan payments.

Real Estate Construction Loans

We offer construction loan financing on one- to four-family owner occupied dwellings in our local real estate market. Generally, we make construction loans up to 80% of value with terms of up to nine months. During the construction phase, inspections are made to assess construction progress and monitor the disbursement of loan proceeds. We also offer a “one-step” construction loan, which provides construction and permanent financing with one loan closing. The “one-step” is provided under the similar terms and conditions of our conventional residential program.

Consumer Loans

We make various types of secured and unsecured consumer loans, including home improvement loans. We offer loans secured by automobiles, boats and other recreational vehicles. We believe that the shorter terms and the normally higher interest rates available on various types of consumer loans are helpful in maintaining a more profitable spread between our average loan yield and our cost of funds.

3

We provide home equity loans secured by liens on residential real estate located within our market area. These include loans with regularly scheduled principal and interest payments as well as revolving credit agreements. The interest rate on these loans is adjusted monthly and tied to the movement of the prime rate.

Commercial Loans

We offer commercial loans in accordance with regulatory requirements. Under current regulation, our commercial loan portfolio is limited to 20% of total assets.

Municipal Loans

Our activity in the municipal lending market is limited to those towns and school districts located within our primary lending area and such loans are extended for the purposes of either tax anticipation, building improvements or other capital spending requirements. Municipal lending is considered to be an area of accommodation and part of our continuing involvement with the communities we serve.

The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio in dollar amounts and as a percentage of the portfolio at December 31:

	2014						2013						2012
	Amount			% of Total			Amount			% of Total			Amount			% of Total
	($ in thousands)
Real estate loans
Conventional	$	645,690			53.27	%	$	602,270			52.82	%	$	471,449			51.84	%
Home equity		69,204			5.71			70,564			6.19			69,291			7.62
Commercial		313,017			25.83			287,813			25.24			234,264			25.76
Construction		36,445			3.01			29,722			2.61			19,412			2.13
Commercial and municipal loans		138,575			11.43			140,071			12.28			107,750			11.85
Consumer loans		9,149			0.75			9,817			0.86			7,304			0.80
Total loans		1,212,080			100.00	%		1,140,257			100.00	%		909,470			100.00	%
Allowance for loan losses		(9,269	)					(9,757	)					(9,923	)
Deferred loan origination costs, net		4,034						3,610						2,689
Loans receivable, net	$	1,206,845					$	1,134,110					$	902,236

	2011						2010
	Amount			% of Total			Amount			% of Total
	($ in thousands)
Real estate loans
Conventional	$	397,010			55.04	%	$	347,606			50.90	%
Home equity		71,990			9.98			74,884			10.97
Commercial		148,424			20.58			143,768			21.05
Construction		12,731			1.76			19,210			2.81
Commercial and municipal loans		83,835			11.62			89,361			13.09
Consumer loans		7,343			1.02			8,079			1.18
Total loans		721,333			100.00	%		682,908			100.00	%
Unamortized adjustment to fair value		1,101						1,202
Allowance for loan losses		(9,131	)					(9,864	)
Deferred loan origination costs, net		1,649						1,268
Loans receivable, net	$	714,952					$	675,514

Each loan type represents different levels of general and inherent risk within the loan portfolio. We prepare an analysis of this risk by applying loss factors to outstanding loans by type. This analysis stratifies the loan portfolio by loan type and assigns a loss factor to each type based on an assessment of the risk associated with each type. The factors assessed include delinquency trends, charge-off experience, economic conditions and

4

portfolio change trends. Loss factors may be adjusted for qualitative factors that, in management’s judgment, affect the collectability of the portfolio. These factors are calculated and assessed independently within each identified loan category. Based on these loss factors, $2.7 million, or 29.68% of the total allowance, was allocated to the originated commercial real estate portfolio at December 31, 2014. The originated commercial real estate portfolio represents 22.26% of total originated loans. In particular, the commercial real estate portfolio has a higher delinquency trend and concentration assessment than the other categories resulting in an overall higher comparative loss factor. For the same period, $4.8 million, or 51.89% of the total allowance, is allocated to the originated residential real estate and originated home equity loan portfolio. The originated residential real estate and home equity loan portfolios represent 61.92% of total originated loans. Due to the volume of this category and the underlying collateral, the overall loss factor results in an allocation percentage that is below the percentage of the category to total loans. For the same period, $640 thousand, or 6.92% of the total allowance, is allocated to the originated commercial and municipal loan portfolio. The originated commercial and municipal loan portfolio represents 11.82% of total originated loans. The originated commercial and municipal loan portfolio has a moderate delinquency trend compared to other loan types within the loan portfolio, representing 3.87% of the aggregate six-month average of delinquencies.

The following table sets forth the maturities of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2014 and indicates whether such loans have fixed or adjustable interest rates:

(Dollars in thousands)	One year or less		Over one through five years		Over five years		Total
Maturities
Real Estate Loans with:
Predetermined interest rates	$	19,490	$	54,355	$	352,332	$	426,177
Adjustable interest rates		1,558		3,406		633,214		638,178
		21,048		57,761		985,546		1,064,355
Commercial/Municipal Loans with
Predetermined interest rates		16,746		33,216		59,358		109,320
Adjustable interest rates		1,297		2,408		25,550		29,255
		18,043		35,624		84,908		138,575
Collateral/Consumer Loans with
Predetermined interest rates		3,486		4,078		301		7,865
Adjustable interest rates		18		635		632		1,285
		3,504		4,713		933		9,150
Totals (1)	$	42,595	$	98,098	$	1,071,387	$	1,212,080

(1) This table includes $7.3 million of non-performing loans, which are categorized within the respective loan types.

Origination, Purchase and Sale of Loans

Our primary lending activity is the origination of conventional loans (i.e., loans of 80% of value or less that are neither insured nor partially guaranteed by government agencies) secured by first mortgage liens on residential properties, principally single-family residences, substantially all of which are located in the southern and west-central areas of New Hampshire along with Addison, Orange, Rutland and Windsor counties in Vermont.

We evaluate the security for each new loan made. Appraisals, when required, are done by qualified sub-contracted appraisers. The appraisal of the real property, upon which we make a mortgage loan, is of particular significance to us in the event that the loan is foreclosed, since an improper appraisal may contribute to a loss by, or other financial detriment to, us in the disposition of the loan.

5

Detailed applications for mortgage loans are verified through the use of credit reports, financial statements and confirmations. Depending upon the size of the loan involved, a varying number of senior officers must approve the application before the loan can be granted. The Loan Review Committee of the Board of Directors reviews particularly large loans.

We require title certification on all first mortgage loans and the borrower is required to maintain hazard insurance on the security property.

Delinquent Loans, Classified Assets and Other Real Estate Owned

Reports listing delinquent accounts are generated and reviewed by management and the Board of Directors on a monthly basis. The procedures taken by us when a loan becomes delinquent vary depending on the nature of the loan. When a borrower fails to make a required loan payment, we take a number of steps to ensure that the borrower will cure the delinquency. We generally send the borrower a notice of non-payment and then follow up with telephone and/or written correspondence. When contact is made, we attempt to obtain full payment, work out a repayment schedule, or in certain instances obtain a deed in lieu of foreclosure. If foreclosure action is instituted and the loan is not brought current, paid in full, or refinanced before the foreclosure sale, the property securing the loan generally is sold at foreclosure. If we purchase the property, it becomes other real estate owned (“OREO”).

Federal regulations and our Assets Classification Policy require that we utilize an internal asset classification system as a means of reporting problem assets and potential problem assets. We have incorporated the internal asset classifications of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) as part of our credit monitoring system. We currently classify problem and potential problem assets as substandard, doubtful or loss assets. An asset is considered substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged, if any. Substandard assets include those characterized by the distinct possibility that the insured institution will sustain “some loss” if the deficiency is not corrected. Assets classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard with the additional characteristics that the weaknesses present make collection and liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. Assets classified as loss are those considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. Assets which do not currently expose the insured institution to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories but possess weaknesses are required to be designated special mention.

When an insured institution classifies one or more assets or portions thereof as substandard or doubtful, it is required to establish a general valuation allowance for loan losses in an amount deemed prudent by management. General valuation allowances represent loss allowances, which have been established to recognize the inherent risk associated with activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. When an insured institution classifies one or more assets or portions thereof as loss, it is required to charge off such amount.

A savings institution’s determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by the OCC, which can order the classification of additional assets and establishment of additional general or specific loss allowances. The OCC, in conjunction with the other federal banking agencies, has adopted an interagency policy statement on the allowance for loan and lease losses. The policy statement provides guidance for financial institutions on both the responsibilities of management for the assessment and establishment of adequate allowances and guidance for banking agency examiners to use in determining the adequacy of general valuation guidelines. Generally, the policy statement recommends that institutions have effective systems and controls to identify, monitor and address asset quality problems; that management has analyzed all significant factors that affect the collectability of the portfolio in a reasonable manner; and that management has established acceptable allowance evaluation processes that meet the objectives set forth in the policy statement.

6

Although management believes that, based on information currently available to it at this time, our allowance for loan losses is adequate, actual losses are dependent upon future events and, as such, further additions to the allowance for loan losses may become necessary.

We classify assets in accordance with the guidelines described above. The total carrying value of classified loans, excluding special mention, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 were $28.2 million and $30.3 million, respectively. For further discussion regarding non-performing assets, impaired loans and the allowance for loan losses, please see the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” herein.

INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

Federally chartered savings institutions have the authority to invest in various types of liquid assets including United States Treasury obligations, securities of various federal agencies, certificates of deposit of insured banks and savings institutions, bankers’ acceptances, repurchase agreements and federal funds. Subject to various restrictions, federally chartered savings institutions may also invest their assets in commercial paper, investment-grade corporate debt securities and mutual funds whose assets conform to the investments that a federally chartered savings institution is otherwise authorized to make directly.

We categorize our securities as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or held-for-trading according to management intent. Please refer to Note 3 of our Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this report for certain information regarding amortized costs, fair values and maturities of securities.

The following table sets forth as of December 31, 2014 the maturities and the weighted-average yields of our debt securities, excluding mortgage-backed securities, which have been calculated on the basis of the amortized cost, weighted for scheduled maturity of each security, and adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis (in thousands):

(Dollars in thousands)	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Weighted Average Yield
Available-for-sale securities
U.S. Treasury notes	$	10,075	$	10,075		0.01	%
Municipal bonds		934		945		2.80
Total due in less than one year		11,009		11,020		0.25
U.S. Treasury notes		30,437		30,048		0.69
U.S. government-sponsored enterprise bonds		6,998		6,906		1.05
Municipal bonds		4,512		4,509		3.55
Other bonds and debentures		85		97		7.95
Total due after one year through five years		42,032		41,560		1.07
U.S. government-sponsored enterprise bonds		186		188		1.79
Municipal bonds		2,913		2,932		3.89
Total due after five years through ten years		3,099		3,120		2.81
U.S. government-sponsored enterprise bonds		177		171		1.44
Municipal bonds		1,220		1,210		3.79
Other bonds and debentures		29		29		5.13
Total due after ten years		1,426		1,410		3.53
	$	57,566	$	57,110		1.12	%

7

The amortized cost and approximate fair value for our available-for-sale securities portfolio are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

December 31, 2014	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value
Available-for-sale:
Bonds and notes-
U.S. Treasury notes	$	40,512	$	—	$	389	$	40,123
U.S. government-sponsored enterprise bonds		7,361		2		98		7,265
Mortgage-backed securities		58,439		112		271		58,280
Municipal bonds		9,579		103		86		9,596
Other bonds and debentures		114		12		—		126
Equity securities		258		51		1		308
Total available-for-sale securities	$	116,263	$	280	$	845	$	115,698

December 31, 2013	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value
Available-for-sale:
Bonds and notes-
U.S. Treasury notes	$	50,683	$	—	$	667	$	50,016
U.S. government-sponsored enterprise bonds		7,388		4		232		7,160
Mortgage-backed securities		47,612		27		992		46,647
Municipal bonds		20,532		63		489		20,106
Other bonds and debentures		263		12		—		275
Equity securities		742		292		—		1,034
Total available-for-sale securities	$	127,220	$	398	$	2,380	$	125,238

December 31, 2012	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value
Available-for-sale:
Bonds and notes-
U.S. Treasury notes	$	51,394	$	29	$	48	$	51,375
Mortgage-backed securities		136,342		1,569		70		137,841
Municipal bonds		22,112		570		—		22,682
Other bonds and debentures		70		—		—		70
Equity securities		490		2		91		401
Total available-for-sale securities	$	210,408	$	2,170	$	209	$	212,369

DEPOSIT ACTIVITIES AND OTHER SOURCES OF FUNDS

We offer a variety of deposit accounts with a range of interest rates and terms. Our deposits consist of business checking, money market accounts, savings, NOW and certificate accounts. The flow of deposits is influenced by general economic conditions, changes in money market rates, prevailing interest rates and competition. Our deposits are obtained predominantly from within our primary market areas. We use traditional means to advertise our deposit products, including print media. We generally do not solicit deposits from outside our primary market areas, although we may obtain these deposits from time to time as part of liquidity contingency plan testing or wholesale funding strategy. We offer negotiated rates on some of our certificate accounts. At December 31, 2014, time deposits represented approximately 31.5% of total deposits. Time deposits included $141.3 million of certificates of deposit in excess of $100,000.

8

The following table presents our deposit activity for the years ended December 31:

	2014		2013			2012
	(Dollars in thousands)
Net deposits (withdrawals)	$	60,158	$	(14,992	)	$	43,458
Deposits assumed through acquisition		—		149,684			98,479
Interest credited on deposit accounts		4,464		4,059			4,381
Total increase in deposit accounts	$	64,622	$	138,751		$	146,318

At December 31, 2014, we had approximately $141.3 million in certificate of deposit accounts in amounts of $100,000 or more maturing as follows:

Maturity Period	Amount		Weighted Average Rate
	(Dollars in thousands)
3 months or less	$	57,090		0.45	%
Over 3 through 6 months		27,716		1.20	%
Over 6 through 12 months		21,351		0.95	%
Over 12 months		35,143		1.45	%
Total	$	141,300		0.92	%

The following table sets forth the distribution of our deposit accounts as of December 31 of the years indicated and the percentage to total deposits:

	2014					2013					2012
	Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Checking accounts	$	117,889		10.2	%	$	101,446		9.3	%	$	74,133		7.8	%
NOW accounts		333,984		29.0			303,054		27.9			248,329		26.2
Money market accounts		103,817		9.0			104,755		9.6			82,608		8.7
Regular savings accounts		20,198		1.8			22,020		2.0			10,112		1.1
Treasury savings accounts		213,348		18.5			195,887		18.0			180,253		18.9
Club deposits		151		—			193		—			102		—
Total		789,387		68.5			727,355		66.8			595,537		62.7
Time deposits
Less than 12 months		235,195		20.4			238,004		21.9			210,349		22.2
Over 12 through 36 months		91,551		7.9			100,394		9.2			96,316		10.1
Over 36 months		36,581		3.2			22,339		2.1			47,139		5.0
Total time deposits		363,327		31.5			360,737		33.2			353,804		37.3
Total Deposits	$	1,152,714		100.0	%	$	1,088,092		100.0	%	$	949,341		100.0	%

9

The following table presents the average balance of each type of deposit and the average rate paid on each type of deposit for the year indicated.

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2014					2013					2012
	Average Balance		Average Rate Paid			Average Balance		Average Rate Paid			Average Balance		Average Rate Paid
	(Dollars in thousands)
NOW	$	362,474		0.01	%	$	306,737		0.05	%	$	270,574		0.09	%
Savings deposits		227,152		0.11			190,707		0.05			151,238		0.18
Money market deposits		101,094		0.31			81,682		0.21			40,872		0.34
Time deposits		366,200		0.99			338,920		1.04			332,545		1.13
Demand deposits		49,228		—			26,647		—			29,657		—
Total Deposits	$	1,106,148				$	944,693				$	824,886

The following table presents, by various rate categories, the amount of time deposits as of December 31:

Time Deposits	2014		2013		2012
	(Dollars in thousands)
0.00% – 0.99%	$	238,696	$	219,507	$	197,076
1.00% – 1.99%		73,378		85,688		96,845
2.00% – 2.99%		25,137		27,656		30,879
3.00% – 3.99%		26,116		27,886		28,752
4.00% – 4.99%		—		—		252
5.00% – 5.99%		—		—		—
Total	$	363,327	$	360,737	$	353,804

Borrowings

We utilize advances from the FHLBB as a funding source alternative to retail deposits. By utilizing FHLBB advances, we can meet our liquidity needs without otherwise being dependent upon retail deposits. These advances are collateralized primarily by mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities held by us and secondarily by our investment in capital stock of the FHLBB. The maximum amount that the FHLBB will advance to member institutions fluctuates from time-to-time in accordance with the policies of the FHLBB. At December 31, 2014, we had outstanding advances of $141.0 million from the FHLBB compared to advances outstanding of $121.7 million from the FHLBB at December 31, 2013.

The following table represents the balances, average amount outstanding, maximum outstanding, and average interest rates for short-term borrowings reported in Note 8 of our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report for the years indicated:

	2014			2013			2012
	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at year end	$	70,000		$	15,000		$	30,500
Average amount outstanding		81,000			20,573			26,745
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end		120,000			65,000			35,000
Average interest rate for the year		0.23	%		0.29	%		0.27	%
Weighted average interest rate on year-end balance		0.33	%		0.28	%		0.32	%

10

SUBSIDIARY ACTIVITIES

Service Corporations

The Bank has expanded service corporation authority because of its conversion from a state-chartered mutual savings bank to a federal institution in 1980. This authority, grandfathered in that conversion, permits the Bank to invest 15% of its deposits, plus an amount of approximately $825,000, in service corporation activities permitted by New Hampshire law. However, the first 3% of these activities is subject to federal regulation and the remainder is subject to state law. This permits a 3% investment in activities not permitted by state law.

As of December 31, 2014, the Bank owned two service corporations: the Lake Sunapee Group, Inc. and the Lake Sunapee Financial Services Corporation. The Lake Sunapee Group owns and maintains the Bank’s buildings and investment properties. The Lake Sunapee Financial Services Corporation sells brokerage, securities, and insurance products to its customers.

Additionally, the Bank owns McCrillis & Eldredge, a full-line independent insurance agency offering a complete range of commercial insurance services and consumer products, including life, health, auto and homeowner insurances, and Charter Holding, which provides wealth management and trust services through its subsidiary, Charter Trust Company.

NHTB Capital Trust II and III

NHTB Capital Trust II (“Trust II”) and NHTB Capital Trust III (“Trust III”) are statutory business trusts formed under the laws of the State of Connecticut and are wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company. On March 30, 2004, Trust III issued $10.0 million of 6.06%, 5-year Fixed-Floating Capital Securities. On March 30, 2004, Trust II issued $10.0 million of Floating Capital Securities, adjustable every three months at LIBOR plus 2.79%. On May 1, 2008, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement with PNC Bank to convert the floating-rate payments on Trust II to fixed-rate payments which expired on June 17, 2013. For more information, see Note 2 of our Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this report.

REGULATION

General

The Company is regulated as a savings and loan holding company by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve” or “FRB”). The Company is required to file reports with, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of, the Federal Reserve and the SEC. The Bank, as a federal savings association, is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the OCC, as its primary regulator, and the FDIC as its deposit insurer. The Bank must file reports with the OCC and the FDIC concerning its activities and financial condition.

The following references to the laws and regulations under which the Company and the Bank are regulated are brief summaries thereof, do not purport to be complete, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to such laws and regulations. The OCC, Federal Reserve and the FDIC have significant discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies under the applicable laws and regulations. Any change in such laws by Congress or regulations or policies by the FDIC, the Federal Reserve, the OCC, the SEC or the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), could have a material adverse impact on the Company and the Bank, and their operations and stockholders.

Recent Regulatory Reforms

The past four years have resulted in a significant increase in regulation and regulatory oversight for U.S. financial services firms, primarily resulting from the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection

11

Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) enacted on July 21, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act is extensive, complicated and comprehensive legislation that impacts practically all aspects of a banking organization and represents a significant overhaul of many aspects of the regulation of the financial services industry. The Dodd-Frank Act implements numerous and far-reaching changes that affect financial company, including bank holding companies and banks such as the Company and the Bank. Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act applicable to the Company and the Bank are discussed herein.

In July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC and the FDIC approved final rules (the “New Capital Rules”) establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations. The New Capital Rules generally implement the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s (the “Basel Committee”) December 2010 final capital framework referred to as “Basel III” for strengthening international capital standards. The New Capital Rules substantially revise the risk-based capital requirements applicable to holding companies and their depository institution subsidiaries, including the Company and the Bank, as compared to the current U.S. general risk-based capital rules. The New Capital Rules revise the definitions and the components of regulatory capital, as well as address other issues affecting the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios. The New Capital Rules also address asset risk weights and other matters affecting the denominator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios and replace the existing general risk-weighting approach, which was derived from the Basel Committee’s 1988 “Basel I” capital accords, with a more risk-sensitive approach based, in part, on the “standardized approach” in the Basel Committee’s 2004 “Basel II” capital accords. In addition, the New Capital Rules implement certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, including the requirements of Section 939A to remove references to credit ratings from the federal banking agencies’ rules. The New Capital Rules are effective for the Company on January 1, 2015, subject to phase-in periods for certain components and other provisions.

In December 2013, the federal banking agencies jointly adopted final rules implementing Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act, commonly known as the Volcker Rule. The Volcker Rule restricts the ability of banking entities, such as the Company, to engage in proprietary trading or to own, sponsor or have certain relationships with hedge funds or private equity funds—so-called “Covered Funds.” The final rule definition of Covered Fund includes certain investments such as collateralized debt obligation (“CDO”) securities. Compliance is generally required by July 21, 2015, however the Federal Reserve has granted extensions to the conformance period under certain circumstances for investments in Covered Funds (as defined under the Volcker Rule).

Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to further rulemaking, guidance and interpretation by the applicable federal banking agencies. It is difficult to predict at this time what specific impact certain provisions and yet to be finalized implementing rules and regulations will have on us, including any regulations promulgated by the CFPB. Financial reform legislation and rules could have adverse implications on the financial industry, the competitive environment, and our ability to conduct business. Management will have to apply resources to ensure compliance with all applicable provisions of the regulatory reform including the Dodd-Frank Act and any implementing rules, which may increase our costs of operations and adversely impact our earnings.

Holding Company Regulation

The Company is a savings and loan holding company regulated by the Federal Reserve. As such, the Company is registered with and subject to Federal Reserve examination and supervision, as well as certain reporting requirements. In addition, the Federal Reserve has enforcement authority over the Company and any of its non-savings association subsidiaries. Among other things, this authority permits the Federal Reserve to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of a subsidiary savings association.

Capital. Prior to the enactment of Dodd-Frank, savings and loan holding companies were not subject to regulatory capital requirements. Pursuant to Dodd-Frank, the Company, as a savings and loan holding company, will be subject to the New Capital Rules.

12

The New Capital Rules: (i) introduce a new capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1” (“CET1”) and related regulatory capital ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets; (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting certain revised requirements; (iii) mandate that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital; and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions from and adjustments to capital as compared to existing regulations. Under the New Capital Rules, for most banking organizations, the most common form of Additional Tier 1 capital is non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and the most common forms of Tier 2 capital are subordinated notes and a portion of the allocation for loan and lease losses, in each case, subject to the New Capital Rules’ specific requirements.

Pursuant to the New Capital Rules, the minimum capital ratios as of January 1, 2015 will be as follows:

• 4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets;

• 6.0% Tier 1 capital (that is, CET1 plus Additional Tier 1 capital) to risk-weighted assets;

• 8.0% Total capital (that is, Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets; and

• 4.0% Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on consolidated financial statements (known as the “leverage ratio”).

The New Capital Rules also introduce a new “capital conservation buffer,” composed entirely of CET1, on top of these minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the capital conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity and other capital instrument repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. Thus, when fully phased-in on January 1, 2019, the capital standards applicable to the Company will include an additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of CET1, effectively resulting in minimum ratios inclusive of the capital conservation buffer of (i) CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%, (ii) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.5%, and (iii) Total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 10.5%.

The New Capital Rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences that could not be realized through net operating loss carrybacks and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such items, in the aggregate, exceed 15% of CET1.

In addition, under the current general risk-based capital rules, the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss (“AOCI”) items included in stockholders’ equity (for example, marks-to-market of securities held in the available-for-sale portfolio) under U.S. GAAP are reversed for the purposes of determining regulatory capital ratios. Pursuant to the New Capital Rules, the effects of certain AOCI items are not excluded; however, non-advanced approaches banking organizations, including the Company, may make a one-time permanent election to continue to exclude these items. This election must be made concurrently with the first filing of certain of the Company’s periodic regulatory reports in the beginning of 2015. The New Capital Rules also preclude certain hybrid securities, such as trust preferred securities, from inclusion in a holding company’s Tier 1 capital. However, depository institution holding companies with total consolidated assets of less than $15 billion as of year-end 2009 are permitted to continue to count as Tier 1 capital trust preferred securities issued before May 19, 2010.

Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 will begin on January 1, 2015 and will be phased-in over a 4-year period (beginning at 40% on January 1, 2015 and an additional 20% per year thereafter). The implementation of the capital conservation buffer will begin on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level and increase by 0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019.

13

The New Capital Rules prescribe a new standardized approach for risk weightings that expand the risk-weighting categories from the current four Basel I-derived categories (0%, 20%, 50% and 100%) to a larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures, and resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset classes.

We believe that the Company will be able to comply with the targeted capital ratios upon implementation of the New Capital Rules.

Source of Strength. Federal Reserve policy requires savings and loan holding companies to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to their subsidiary savings associations. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the requirement that holding companies act as a source of financial strength. As a result, the Company is expected to commit resources to support the Bank, including at times when the Company may not be in a financial position to provide such resources. Any capital loans by a savings and loan holding company to any of its subsidiary savings associations are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary savings associations. In the event of a savings and loan holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the savings and loan holding company to a federal banking agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary insured depository institution will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment.

Control. The Home Owners’ Loan Act (“HOLA”) and the Federal Reserve’s implementing regulations prohibit a savings and loan holding company, directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from acquiring control of another savings institution without prior Federal Reserve approval. In addition, a savings and loan holding company is prohibited from directly or indirectly acquiring, through mergers, consolidation or purchase of assets, another insured depository institution or a holding company thereof, or acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of such institution or company without prior Federal Reserve approval.

Activity Restrictions. Laws governing savings and loan holding companies historically have classified such entities based upon the number of thrift institutions which they control. The Company is classified as a unitary savings and loan holding company because it controls only one thrift, the Bank. Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “GLB Act”), any company which becomes a unitary savings and loan holding company pursuant to a charter application filed with the OTS after May 4, 1999, is prohibited from engaging in non-financial activities or affiliating with non-financial companies. All unitary savings and loan holding companies in existence prior to May 4, 1999, such as the Company, are “grandfathered” under the GLB Act and may continue to operate as unitary savings and loan holding companies without any limitations in the types of businesses with which they may engage at the holding company level, provided that the thrift subsidiary of the holding company continues to satisfy the qualified thrift lender (“QTL”) test.

Incentive Compensation. The Dodd-Frank Act requires publicly traded companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation at their first annual meeting taking place six months after the date of enactment and at least every three years thereafter and on so-called “golden parachute” payments in connection with approvals of mergers and acquisitions. The legislation also authorizes the SEC to promulgate rules that would allow stockholders to nominate their own candidates using a company’s proxy materials. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act directs the federal banking regulators to promulgate rules requiring the reporting of incentive-based compensation and prohibiting excessive incentive-based compensation paid to executives of depository institutions and their holding companies with assets in excess of $1 billion, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not. In April 2011, the Federal Reserve, along with other federal banking agencies, issued a joint notice of proposed rulemaking implementing those requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act gives the SEC authority to prohibit broker discretionary voting on elections of directors, executive compensation matters and any other significant matter. At the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, the Company’s stockholders voted on a non-binding, advisory basis to hold a non-binding, advisory vote on the compensation of the named executive officers of the Company annually. In light of the results, the Board of Directors determined to hold the vote annually.

14

Regulation of Federal Savings Associations

Business Activities. The Bank derives its lending and investment powers from the HOLA and the regulations of the OCC. Under these laws and regulations, the Bank may invest in mortgage loans secured by residential and commercial real estate, commercial and consumer loans, certain types of debt securities, and certain other assets. The Bank may also establish service corporations that may engage in activities not otherwise permissible for the Bank, including certain real estate equity investments. The Bank’s authority to invest in certain types of loans or other investments is limited by federal law and regulation.

Loans to One Borrower. The Bank is generally subject to the same limits on loans to one borrower as a national bank. With specified exceptions, the Bank’s total loans or extensions of credit to a single borrower cannot exceed 15% of the Bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus, which does not include accumulated other comprehensive income. The Bank may lend additional amounts up to 10% of its unimpaired capital and surplus, which does not include accumulated other comprehensive income, if the loans or extensions of credit are fully-secured by readily-marketable collateral. The Bank currently complies with applicable loans-to-one borrower limitations.

QTL Test. Under federal law, the Bank must comply with the QTL test. Under the QTL test, the Bank is required to maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” in certain “qualified thrift investments” in at least nine months of the most recent 12-month period. “Portfolio assets” means, in general, the Bank’s total assets less the sum of:

• specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets;

• goodwill and other intangible assets; and

• the value of property used to conduct the Bank’s business.

“Qualified thrift investments” include certain assets that are includable without limit, such as residential and manufactured housing loans, home equity loans, education loans, small business loans, credit card loans, mortgage backed securities, Federal Home Loan Bank stock and certain U.S. government obligations. In addition, certain assets are includable as “qualified thrift investments” in an amount up to 20% of portfolio assets, including, certain consumer loans and loans in “credit-needy” areas.

The Bank may also satisfy the QTL test by qualifying as a “domestic building and loan association” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Bank met the QTL test at December 31, 2014, and in each of the prior 12 months, and, therefore, is a “qualified thrift lender.” Failure by the Bank to maintain its status as a QTL would result in restrictions on activities, including restrictions on branching and the payment of dividends. If the Bank were unable to correct that failure for a specified period of time, it must either continue to operate under those restrictions on its activities or convert to a bank charter.

Capital Requirements. OCC regulations require savings associations to meet three minimum capital standards:

(1) a tangible capital ratio requirement of 1.5% of total assets as adjusted under the OCC regulations;

(2) a leverage ratio requirement of 3.0% of core capital to such adjusted total assets, if the Bank has been assigned the highest composite rating of 1 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System; otherwise, the minimum leverage ratio for any other depository institution that does not have a composite rating of 1 will be a leverage ratio requirement of 4.0% of core capital to adjusted total assets; and

(3) a risk-based capital ratio requirement of 8.0% of the Bank’s risk-weighted assets, provided that the amount of supplementary capital used to satisfy this requirement may not exceed 100% of the Bank’s core capital.

15

Higher capital ratios may be required if warranted by particular circumstances, including the risk profile of the depository institution. In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets for purposes of the risk-based capital requirement, a savings association must multiply its on-balance sheet assets and certain off-balance sheet items by the appropriate risk weights, which range from 0% for cash and obligations issued by the United States government or its agencies to 100% for consumer, commercial loans, home equity and construction loans and certain other assets as assigned by the OCC capital regulations based on the risks found by the OCC to be inherent in the type of asset.

Tangible capital is defined, generally, as common stockholders’ equity (including retained earnings), certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related earnings, minority interests in equity accounts of fully consolidated subsidiaries, less intangible assets (other than certain servicing rights and nonsecurity financial instruments) and investments in and loans to subsidiaries engaged in activities not permissible for a national bank. Core capital (or tier 1 capital) is defined similarly to tangible capital. Supplementary capital (or tier 2 capital) includes cumulative perpetual and other perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible subordinated debt securities, perpetual subordinated debt and the allowance for loan and lease losses. In addition, up to 45% of unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair values may be included in tier 2 capital. The allowance for loan and lease losses includable in tier 2 capital is limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets.

At December 31, 2014, the Bank met each of its capital requirements. The table below presents the Bank’s regulatory capital as compared to the OCC regulatory capital requirements at December 31, 2014:

	Bank		Capital Requirements		Excess Capital
	($ in thousands)
Tangible capital	$	122,161	$	21,726	$	100,435
Core capital		122,161		57,937		64,224
Risk-based capital		131,597		79,283		52,314

As with the Company, the Bank will be subject to the New Capital Rules on the same phase-in schedule. We believe that the Bank similarly will be able to comply with the targeted capital ratios upon implementation of the New Capital Rules.

Community Reinvestment Act. Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), as implemented by OCC regulations, the Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with safe and sound banking practices, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for the Bank nor does it limit the Bank’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA requires the OCC, in connection with its examination of a savings association, to assess the association’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such association. The CRA also requires all institutions to make public disclosure of their CRA ratings. The Bank received a “Satisfactory” rating in its most recent CRA examination, dated August 2012.

The CRA regulations establish an assessment system that bases an association’s rating on its actual performance in meeting community needs. The assessment system for institutions of the Bank’s size focuses on two tests:

• a lending test, to evaluate the institution’s record of making loans in its assessment areas; and

• a community development test, to evaluate the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing, and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and businesses in its assessment area or a broader area that includes its assessment area; and to evaluate the institution’s delivery of services through its retail banking channels and the extent and innovativeness of its community development services.

16

Transactions with Affiliates. The Bank’s authority to engage in transactions with its “affiliates” is limited by the Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation W and Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (“FRA”). In general, these transactions must be on terms which are at least as favorable to the Bank as comparable transactions with non-affiliates. In addition, certain types of these transactions referred to as “covered transactions” are subject to qualitative limits and certain quantitative limits based on a percentage of the Bank’s capital, thereby restricting the total dollar amount of transactions the Bank may engage in with each individual affiliate and with all affiliates in the aggregate. Affiliates must pledge qualifying collateral in amounts between 100% and 130% of the covered transaction in order to receive loans from the Bank. In addition, a savings association is prohibited from making a loan or other extension of credit to any of its affiliates that engage in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies under section 4(c) of the Bank Holding Company Act and from purchasing or investing in the securities issued by any affiliate, other than with respect to shares of a subsidiary.

Loans to Insiders. The Bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and principal stockholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the FRA and Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board. Among other things, these provisions require that extensions of credit to insiders:

• be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with non-insiders and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other features that are unfavorable to the Bank; and

• not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of the Bank’s capital.

The regulations allow small discounts on fees on residential mortgages for directors, officers and employees, but, generally, specialized terms must be made widely available to all employees rather than to a select subset of insiders, such as executive officers. In addition, extensions for credit to insiders in excess of certain limits must be approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors.

Consumer Protection. The Bank is subject to a number of federal and state laws designed to protect borrowers and promote lending to various sectors of the economy and population. These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, various state law counterparts, and the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, which constitutes part of the Dodd-Frank Act and established the CFPB.

On January 10, 2013, the CFPB issued a final rule implementing the ability-to-repay and qualified mortgage (QM) provisions of the Truth in Lending Act, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act (the “QM Rule”). The ability-to-repay provision requires creditors to make reasonable, good faith determinations that borrowers are able to repay their mortgages before extending the credit based on a number of factors and consideration of financial information about the borrower from reasonably reliable third-party documents. Under the Dodd-Frank Act and the QM Rule, loans meeting the definition of “qualified mortgage” are entitled to a presumption that the lender satisfied the ability-to-repay requirements. The presumption is a conclusive presumption/safe harbor for prime loans meeting the QM requirements, and a rebuttable presumption for higher-priced/subprime loans meeting the QM requirements. The definition of a “qualified mortgage” incorporates the statutory requirements, such as not allowing negative amortization or terms longer than 30 years. The QM Rule also adds an explicit maximum 43% debt-to-income ratio for borrowers if the loan is to meet the QM definition, though some mortgages that meet GSE, FHA and VA underwriting guidelines may, for a period not to exceed seven years, meet the QM definition without being subject to the 43% debt-to-income limits. The QM Rule became effective January 10, 2014.

Enforcement.The OCC has primary enforcement responsibility over savings associations, including the Bank. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to

17

issue cease and desist orders and to remove directors and officers. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of laws and regulations and to unsafe or unsound practices.

Prompt Corrective Action Regulations. Under the prompt corrective action (“PCA”) statute and regulations implemented by the OCC, the OCC is required to take certain, and is authorized to take other, supervisory actions against savings associations whose capital falls below certain levels. For this purpose, a savings association is placed in one of the following four categories based on the association’s capital:

• well capitalized;

• adequately capitalized;

• undercapitalized; or

• critically undercapitalized.

The PCA statute and regulations provide for progressively more stringent supervisory measures as a savings association’s capital category declines. At December 31, 2014, the Bank met the criteria for being considered “well capitalized.”

The New Capital Rules revise the “prompt corrective action” (“PCA”) regulations adopted pursuant to Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”), by: (i) introducing a CET1 ratio requirement at each PCA category (other than critically undercapitalized), with the required CET1 ratio being 6.5% for well-capitalized status; (ii) increasing the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirement for each category, with the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio for well-capitalized status being 8% (as compared to the current 6%); and (iii) eliminating the current provision that provides that a bank with a composite supervisory rating of 1 may have a 3% leverage ratio and still be adequately capitalized. The New Capital Rules do not change the total risk-based capital requirement for any PCA category.

Standards for Safety and Soundness. Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the OCC has adopted a set of guidelines prescribing safety and soundness standards. These guidelines establish general standards relating to areas including internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings standards, compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines.

In addition, the OCC adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, the OCC to order an institution that has been given notice that it is not satisfying these safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable plan or fails in any material respect to implement an accepted plan, the OCC must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency. Further, the OCC may issue an order directing corrective actions and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized association is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of federal law. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the OCC may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties.

Limitations on Capital Distributions. The OCC imposes various restrictions or requirements on the Bank’s ability to make capital distributions, including cash dividends. The Bank must file an application for prior approval with the OCC if the total amount of its capital distributions, including the proposed distribution, for the applicable calendar year would exceed an amount equal to the Bank’s net income for the year-to-date plus the Bank’s retained net income for the previous two years, or that would cause the Bank to be less than adequately capitalized.

The OCC may disapprove a notice or application if:

• the Bank would be undercapitalized following the distribution;

• the proposed capital distribution raises safety and soundness concerns; or

• the capital distribution would violate a prohibition contained in any statute, regulation or agreement.

18

In addition, Section 10(f) of the HOLA requires a subsidiary savings association of a savings and loan holding company, such as Bank, to file a notice with and receive the nonobjection of the Federal Reserve prior to declaring certain types of dividends. The Company’s ability to pay dividends, service debt obligations and repurchase common stock is dependent upon receipt of dividend payments from the Bank.

Liquidity. The Bank is required to maintain a sufficient amount of liquid assets to ensure its safe and sound operation.

Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to the applicable limits established by law and are subject to the deposit insurance premium assessments of the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”). The FDIC currently maintains a risk-based assessment system under which assessment rates vary based on the level of risk posed by the institution to the DIF. The assessment rate may, therefore, change when that level of risk changes.

In February 2011, the FDIC adopted a final rule making certain changes to the deposit insurance assessment system, many of which were made as a result of provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule also revised the assessment rate schedule effective April 1, 2011, and adopted additional rate schedules that will go into effect when the DIF reserve ratio reaches various milestones. The final rule changed the deposit insurance assessment system from one that is based on domestic deposits to one that is based on average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity. In addition, the rule suspends FDIC dividend payments if the DIF reserve ratio exceeds 1.5 percent at the end of any year but provides for decreasing assessment rates when the DIF reserve ratio reaches certain thresholds.

In calculating assessment rates, the rule adopts a new “scorecard” assessment scheme for insured depository institutions with $10 billion or more in assets. It retains the risk category system for insured depository institutions with less than $10 billion in assets, assigning each institution to one of four risk categories based upon the institution’s capital evaluation and supervisory evaluation, as defined by the rule. It is possible that our deposit insurance premiums may increase in the future.

In addition, all FDIC-insured institutions are required to pay assessments to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation (“FICO”), a mixed-ownership government corporation established as a funding vehicle for the now defunct Federal Savings & Loan Insurance Corporation. The FICO assessment rate for the third quarter of 2014, due December 30, 2014, was 0.0060% of insured deposits. The Financing Corporation rate is adjusted quarterly to reflect changes in assessment bases of the DIF.

Depositor Preference. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act provides that, in the event of the “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution, including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors, and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver, will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including the parent bank holding company, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution.

Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Bank is a member of the FHLBB, which is one of the regional Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLB”) comprising the FHLB System. Each FHLB provides a central credit facility primarily for its member institutions. The Bank, as a member of the FHLB, is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLBB. While the required percentages of stock ownership are subject to change by the FHLB, the Bank was in compliance with this requirement with an investment in FHLBB stock at December 31, 2014 of $10.8 million. Any advances from a FHLB must be secured by specified types of collateral, and all long-term advances may be obtained only for the purpose of providing funds for residential housing finance.

19

The FHLBs are required to provide funds for the resolution of insolvent thrifts and to contribute funds for affordable housing programs. These requirements could reduce the amount of earnings that the FHLBs can pay as dividends to their members and could also result in the FHLBs imposing a higher rate of interest on advances to their members. If dividends were reduced, or interest on future FHLB advances increased, or if any developments caused the Bank’s investment in FHLB stock to become impaired, thereby requiring the Bank to write down the value of that investment, the Bank’s net interest income would be affected.

Federal Reserve System. Under regulations of the FRB, the Bank is required to maintain non-interest-earning reserves against its transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). Federal Reserve regulations required for 2014 that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts except for transaction accounts up to $13.3 million, which are exempt. Transaction accounts greater than $13.3 million up to $89.0 million have a reserve requirement of 3%, and those greater than $89.0 million have a reserve requirement of $2.27 million plus 10% of the amount over $89.0 million. These tiered reserve requirements are subject to adjustment annually by the Federal Reserve. Because required reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash or in the form of a deposit with a Federal Reserve Bank, the effect of this reserve requirement is to reduce the Bank’s interest-earning assets. The Bank is in compliance with the foregoing reserve requirements. The balances maintained to meet the reserve requirements imposed by the FRB may be used to satisfy liquidity requirements imposed by the OCC. FHLB System members are also authorized to borrow from the Federal Reserve discount window, subject to applicable restrictions.

Prohibitions Against Tying Arrangements. The Bank is subject to prohibitions on certain tying arrangements. A depository institution is prohibited, subject to certain exceptions, from extending credit to or offering any other service, or fixing or varying the consideration for such extension of credit or service, on the condition that the customer obtain some additional product or service from the institution or its affiliates or not obtain services of a competitor of the institution.

Regulations Applicable to the Company and the Bank

Financial Privacy Laws. Federal law and certain state laws currently contain client privacy protection provisions. These provisions limit the ability of insured depository institutions and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to affiliated companies and non-affiliated third parties. These rules require disclosure of privacy policies to clients and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to affiliates or non-affiliated third parties by means of “opt out” or “opt in” authorizations. Pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and certain state laws companies are required to notify clients of security breaches resulting in unauthorized access to their personal information.

The Bank Secrecy Act. The Bank and the Company are subject to the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act, which gives the federal government powers to address money laundering and terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, and mandatory transaction reporting obligations. By way of example, the Bank Secrecy Act imposes an affirmative obligation on the Bank to report currency transactions that exceed certain thresholds and to report other transactions determined to be suspicious.

Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act takes measures intended to encourage information sharing among financial institutions, bank regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies. Further, certain provisions of Title III impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, including banks, thrifts, brokers, dealers, credit unions, money transfer agents and parties registered under the Commodity Exchange Act. Among other requirements, the USA PATRIOT Act imposes the following obligations on financial institutions:

• financial institutions must establish anti-money laundering programs that include, at minimum: (i) internal policies, procedures, and controls, (ii) specific designation of an anti-money laundering compliance officer, (iii) ongoing employee training programs, and (iv) an independent audit function to test the anti-money laundering program;

20

• financial institutions must establish and meet minimum standards for customer due diligence, identification and verification;

• financial institutions that establish, maintain, administer, or manage private banking accounts or correspondent accounts in the United States for non-United States persons or their representatives (including foreign individuals visiting the United States) must establish appropriate, specific, and, where necessary, enhanced due diligence policies, procedures, and controls designed to detect and report money laundering through those accounts;

• financial institutions are prohibited from establishing, maintaining, administering or managing correspondent accounts for foreign shell banks (foreign banks that do not have a physical presence in any country), and are subject to certain recordkeeping obligations with respect to correspondent accounts of foreign banks; and

• bank regulators are directed to consider a bank’s or holding company’s effectiveness in combating money laundering when ruling on Federal Reserve Act and Bank Merger Act applications.

Office of Foreign Assets Control. The Bank and the Company, like all United States companies and individuals, are prohibited from transacting business with certain individuals and entities named on the Office of Foreign Assets Control’s list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. Failure to comply may result in fines and other penalties. The Office of Foreign Asset Control has issued guidance directed at financial institutions in which it asserted that it may, in its discretion, examine institutions determined to be high-risk or to be lacking in their efforts to comply with these prohibitions.

Transactions with Affiliates. Transactions between the Bank and the Company and its other subsidiaries are subject to various conditions and limitations. See “Regulation of Federal Savings Associations—Transactions with Affiliates” and “Regulation of Federal Savings Associations—Limitation on Capital Distributions.”

Other Legislative Initiatives. From time to time, various legislative and regulatory initiatives are introduced in Congress and state legislatures, as well as by regulatory agencies. Such initiatives may include proposals to expand or contract the powers of bank and savings and loan holding companies and/or insured depository institutions or proposals to substantially change the financial institution regulatory system. Such legislation could change banking statutes and the operating environment of the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, such legislation could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other financial institutions. The Company cannot predict whether any such legislation will be enacted, and, if enacted, the effect that it or any implementing regulations would have on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries could have a material effect on the business of the Company.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We maintain a website atwww.nhthrift.com. The website contains information about us and our operations. Through a link to the SEC Filings section of our website, copies of each of our filings with the SEC, including our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports, can be viewed and downloaded free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after the reports and amendments are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. In addition, copies of any document we file with or furnish to the SEC may be obtained from the SEC at its public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the SEC’s public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC at its principal office at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The SEC maintains a website atwww.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements,

21

and other information regarding issuers that file or furnish such information electronically with the SEC. The information found on our website or the website of the SEC is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

There are risks inherent to our business. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect us are described below. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of or focused on or that management currently deems immaterial may also impair our business operations. This report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors. If any of the following risks actually occur, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Changes in local economic conditions may affect our business.

Our current market area is principally located in Cheshire, Hillsborough, Grafton, Merrimack and Sullivan counties in central and western New Hampshire and in Rutland and Windsor counties in Vermont. Future growth opportunities depend on the growth and stability of the regional economy and our ability to expand our market area. A downturn in the local economy may limit funds available for deposit and may negatively affect borrowers’ ability to repay their loans on a timely basis, both of which could have an impact on our profitability and business.

Increases to the allowance for loan losses may cause our earnings to decrease.

Our business is subject to periodic fluctuations based on national and local economic conditions. These fluctuations are not predictable, cannot be controlled and may have a material adverse impact on our operations and financial condition. The current economic uncertainty will more than likely affect employment levels and could impact the ability of our borrowers to service their debt. Bank regulatory agencies also periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management. In addition, if charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses, we may need, depending on an analysis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, additional provisions to increase the allowance for loan losses. Any increases in the allowance for loan losses will result in a decrease in net income and, possibly, capital, and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We may suffer higher loan losses as a result of these factors and the resulting impact on our borrowers.

Changes in interest rates and spreads could have an impact on earnings and results of operations.

Our consolidated earnings and financial condition are dependent to a large degree upon net interest income, which is the difference between interest earned from loans and investments and interest paid on deposits and borrowings. The narrowing of interest rate spreads could adversely affect our earnings and financial condition. We cannot predict with certainty or control changes in interest rates. Regional and local economic conditions and the policies of regulatory authorities, including monetary policies of the Federal Reserve, affect interest income and interest expense. While we have ongoing policies and procedures designed to manage the risks associated with changes in market interest rates, changes in interest rates still may have an adverse effect on our profitability. For example, high interest rates could affect the amount of loans that we can originate, because higher rates could cause customers to apply for fewer mortgages, or cause depositors to shift funds from accounts that have a comparatively lower cost to accounts with a higher cost, or experience customer attrition due to competitor pricing. If the cost of interest-bearing deposits increases at a rate greater than the yields on interest-earning assets increase, net interest income will be negatively affected. Changes in the asset and liability mix may also affect net interest income. Similarly, lower interest rates cause higher yielding assets to prepay and floating or adjustable rate assets to reset to lower rates. If we are not able to reduce our funding costs sufficiently, due to either competitive factors or the maturity schedule of existing liabilities, then our net interest margin will decline.

22

Strong competition within our industry and market area could limit our growth and profitability.

We face substantial competition in all phases of our operations from a variety of different competitors. Future growth and success will depend on the ability to compete effectively in this highly competitive environment. We compete for deposits, loans and other financial services with a variety of banks, thrifts, credit unions and other financial institutions as well as other entities which provide financial services. Some of the financial institutions and financial services organizations with which we compete are not subject to the same degree of regulation. Many competitors have been in business for many years, have established customer bases, are larger, and have substantially higher lending limits. The financial services industry is also likely to become more competitive as further technological advances enable more companies to provide financial services. These technological advances may diminish the importance of depository institutions and other financial intermediaries in the transfer of funds between parties.

We are subject to extensive government regulation and supervision, which may interfere with our ability to conduct our business and may negatively impact our financial results.

We, primarily through the Bank and certain non-bank subsidiaries, are subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, not stockholders. These regulations affect our lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations or policies, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could subject us to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products, and/or limit pricing able to be charged on certain banking services, among other things. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act has and will continue to change the current bank regulatory structure and affect the lending, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. In addition to the self-implementing provisions of the statute, the Dodd-Frank Act calls for many administrative rulemakings by various federal agencies to implement various parts of the legislation, some of which have yet to be implemented. We cannot be certain when final rules affecting us will be issued through such rulemakings and what the specific content of such rules will be. The financial reform legislation and any implementing rules that are ultimately issued could have adverse implications on the financial industry, the competitive environment, and our ability to conduct business. We will have to apply resources to ensure that we are in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and any implementing rules, which may increase our costs of operations and adversely impact our earnings. Additionally, revised capital adequacy guidelines and prompt corrective action rules applicable to us became effective January 1, 2015. Compliance with these rules will impose additional costs.

Failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputation damage, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent any such violations, there can be no assurance that such violations will not occur.

We may be subject to more stringent capital requirements.

The Company and the Bank are each subject to capital adequacy guidelines and other regulatory requirements specifying minimum amounts and types of capital which each of the Company and the Bank must maintain. From time to time, the regulators implement changes to these regulatory capital adequacy guidelines. If we fail to meet these minimum capital guidelines and other regulatory requirements, our financial condition would be materially and adversely affected. In light of proposed changes to regulatory capital requirements contained in the Dodd-Frank Act and the regulatory accords on international banking institutions formulated by the Basel Committee and implemented by the Federal Reserve and the OCC, we may be required to satisfy additional, more stringent, capital adequacy standards. The ultimate impact of the new capital and liquidity standards on us cannot be determined at this time and will depend on a number of factors, including the treatment

23

and implementation by the U.S. banking regulators. These requirements, however, and any other new regulations, could adversely affect our ability to pay dividends, or could require us to reduce business levels or to raise capital, including in ways that may adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

We rely on dividends from the Bank for most of our revenue.

We receive substantially all of our revenue from dividends from the Bank. These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay dividends on our common stock and interest and principal on our debt. Federal laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that the Bank may pay to us. Also, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors. In the event the Bank is unable to pay dividends to us, we may not be able to service debt, pay obligations or pay dividends on our preferred or common stock. The inability to receive dividends from the Bank could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The securities purchase agreement between us and the U.S. Department of Treasury in connection with our participation in the Small Business Lending Fund program limits our ability to pay dividends on and repurchase our common stock.

Under the terms of our Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, par value $0.01 per preferred share (the “Series B Preferred Stock”) issued under the Small Business Lending Fund (“SBLF”) program, our ability to declare or pay dividends or distributions on, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for consideration, shares of common stock is subject to restrictions. No repurchases of common stock may be effected, and no dividends may be declared or paid on the common stock during the current quarter and for the next three quarters following the failure to declare and pay dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock.

Under the terms of the Series B Preferred Stock, we may only declare and pay a dividend on the common stock, or repurchase shares of any such class or series of stock, if, after payment of such dividend, the dollar amount of our Tier 1 capital would be at least 90% of the Signing Date Tier 1 Capital, as set forth in the Certificate of Designation relating to the Series B Preferred Stock, excluding any subsequent net charge-offs and any redemption of the Series B Preferred Stock (the “Tier 1 Dividend Threshold”). The Tier 1 Dividend Threshold is subject to reduction, beginning on the second anniversary of issuance and ending on the 10^th anniversary, by 10% for each one percent increase in small business lending that qualifies over the baseline level.

As of December 31, 2014, we had $8 million of Series B Preferred Stock outstanding under the SBLF program.

We depend on our executive officers and key personnel to continue the implementation of our long-term business strategy and could be harmed by the loss of their services.

Management believes that our continued growth and future success will depend in large part upon the skills of the management team. The competition for qualified personnel in the financial services industry is intense, and the loss of key personnel or an inability to continue to attract, retain and motivate key personnel could adversely affect the business. We cannot assure you that we will be able to retain existing key personnel or attract additional qualified personnel. The loss of the services of one or more of our executive officers and key personnel could impair our ability to continue to develop our business strategy.

Our controls and procedures may fail or be circumvented, which may result in a material adverse effect on our business.

Management regularly reviews and updates our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives

24

of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of the controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The risks presented by acquisitions could adversely affect our financial condition and result of operations.

Our business strategy has included and may continue to include growth through acquisition from time to time. Any future acquisitions will be accompanied by the risks commonly encountered in acquisitions. These risks may include, among other things: our ability to realize anticipated cost savings, the difficulty of integrating operations and personnel, the loss of key employees, the potential disruption of our or the acquired company’s ongoing business in such a way that could result in decreased revenues, the inability of our management to maximize our financial and strategic position, the inability to maintain uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies, and the impairment of relationships with the acquired company’s employees and customers as a result of changes in ownership and management.

A breach of information security, including as a result of cyber attacks, could disrupt our business and impact our earnings.

We depend upon data processing, communication and information exchange on a variety of computing platforms and networks, and over the internet. In addition, we rely on the services of a variety of vendors to meet our data processing and communication needs. Despite existing safeguards, we cannot be certain that all of our systems are free from vulnerability to attack or other technological difficulties or failures. If information security is breached or difficulties or failures occur, despite the controls we and our third-party vendors have instituted, information can be lost or misappropriated, resulting in financial loss or costs to us, reputational harm or damages to others. Such costs or losses could exceed the amount of insurance coverage, if any, which would adversely affect our earnings.

New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risks. A failure to successfully manage these risks may have a material adverse effect on our business.

From time to time, we may implement new lines of business, offer new products and services within existing lines of business or shift focus on our asset mix. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services and/or shifting focus of asset mix, we may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as Delaware law and certain banking laws, could delay or prevent a takeover of us by a third party.

Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, the corporate law of the State of Delaware and state and federal banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, could delay, defer or prevent a third party from acquiring us, despite the possible benefit to our stockholders, or otherwise adversely affect the market price of our common stock. These provisions include: supermajority voting requirements for certain business combinations; the election of directors to staggered terms of three years; and advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board of Directors and for

25

proposing matters that stockholders may act on at stockholder meetings. In addition, we are subject to Delaware law, which among other things prohibits us from engaging in a business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years from the date the person became an interested stockholder unless certain conditions are met. These provisions may discourage potential takeover attempts, discouraging bids for our common stock at a premium over market price or adversely affect the market price of, and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors other than candidates nominated by our Board of Directors.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

At December 31, 2014, we had 43 offices located in New Hampshire and Vermont as set forth in the following table. Lease expiration dates range from 1 to 10 years with renewal options of 1 to 10 years. We believe that our existing facilities are sufficient for our current needs.

Location	Leased		Owned		Total
New Hampshire:
1. Andover		1		—		1
2. Bradford		—		1		1
3. Claremont		1		—		1
4. Concord		—		1		1
5. Enfield		1		—		1
6. Grantham		—		1		1
7. Hanover(1)		1		—		1
8. Hillsboro		—		1		1
9. Lebanon		1		2		3
10. Meredith		1		—		1
11. Milford		—		1		1
12. New London(1) (2)		—		3		3
13. Newbury		1		—		1
14. Newport(3)		—		3		3
15. Peterborough(1)		1		—		1
16. Rochester		1		—		1
17. Sunapee		—		1		1
18. West Lebanon		1		—		1
19. Nashua(1)		1		1		2
Vermont:
1. Brandon(2)		1		2		3
2. Pittsford		—		1		1
3. Quechee		1		—		1
4. Randolph		2		1		3
5. Rochester(1)		—		1		1
6. Royalton		—		1		1
7. Rutland		—		1		1
8. South Royalton		1		—		1
9. West Rutland		—		1		1
10. Williamstown		—		1		1
11. Woodstock		—		2		2
Total Offices		16		26		42

26

(1) Includes Charter Trust Company.

(2) Includes McCrillis & Eldredge Insurance, Inc.

(3) Includes Lake Sunapee Group, Inc. and Lake Sunapee Financial Services Corp., which are headquartered in Newport, New Hampshire and have no other offices, and McCrillis & Eldredge, which is headquartered in Newport, New Hampshire.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

There is no material litigation pending in which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party or of which any of their property is subject, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to our business.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

27

PART II.

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Stock, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “NHTB.” The following table shows the high and low sales prices as reported on The NASDAQ Global Market during the periods indicated, as well as any dividends declared on our common stock. As of March 1, 2015, we had approximately 932 stockholders of record. The number of stockholders does not reflect the number of persons or entities who held their stock in nominee or street name through various brokerage firms.

	Period	High		Low		Dividend Declared
2014	First Quarter	$	15.39	$	14.15	$	0.13
	Second Quarter	$	15.41	$	14.05	$	0.13
	Third Quarter	$	15.58	$	14.50	$	0.13
	Fourth Quarter	$	16.12	$	14.24	$	0.13
2013	First Quarter	$	13.70	$	12.70	$	0.13
	Second Quarter	$	14.58	$	12.50	$	0.13
	Third Quarter	$	15.51	$	13.08	$	0.13
	Fourth Quarter	$	15.30	$	13.46	$	0.13

Dividends

We have historically paid regular quarterly cash dividends on our common stock, and the Board of Directors presently intends to continue the payment of regular quarterly cash dividends, subject to the need for those funds for debt service and other purposes. However, because substantially all of the funds available for the payment of dividends are derived from the Bank, future dividends will depend upon the earnings of the Bank, its financial condition and its need for funds. Furthermore, there are a number of federal banking policies and regulations that restrict our ability to pay dividends. In particular, because the Bank is a depository institution whose deposits are insured by the FDIC, it may not pay dividends or distribute capital assets if it is in default on any assessment due the FDIC. Also, the Bank, as a federal savings bank, is subject to OCC regulations which impose certain minimum capital requirements that would affect the amount of cash available for distribution to us. In addition, under Federal Reserve policy, we are required to maintain adequate regulatory capital, are expected to serve as a source of financial strength to the Bank and to commit resources to support the Bank. These policies and regulations may have the effect of reducing the amount of dividends that we can declare to our stockholders.

Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is also restricted by the provisions of the Series B Preferred Stock issued under the SBLF program. Under the Series B Preferred Stock, no repurchases may be effected, and no dividends may be declared or paid on preferred shares ranking pari passu with the Series B Preferred Stock, junior preferred shares, or other junior securities (including our common stock) during the current quarter and for the next three quarters following the failure to declare and pay dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock, except that, in any such quarter in which the dividend is paid, dividend payments on shares ranking pari passu may be paid to the extent necessary to avoid any resulting material covenant breach.

Under the terms of the Series B Preferred Stock, we may only declare and pay a dividend on our common stock or other stock junior to the Series B Preferred Stock, or repurchase shares of any such class or series of stock, if, after payment of such dividend, the dollar amount of our Tier 1 capital would be at least the Tier 1 Dividend Threshold. The Tier 1 Dividend Threshold is subject to reduction, beginning on the second anniversary of issuance and ending on the tenth anniversary, by 10% for each one percent increase in small business lending that qualifies over the baseline level.

28

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

There were no sales by us of unregistered securities during the year ended December 31, 2014.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

On June 12, 2007, the Board of Directors reactivated a previously adopted but incomplete stock repurchase program to repurchase up to 253,776 shares of common stock. At December 31, 2014, 148,088 shares remained to be repurchased under the plan. During 2014, no shares were repurchased pursuant to the program.

Performance Graph

The following graph compares our total cumulative stockholder return by an investor who invested $100.00 on December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2014 to the total return by an investor who invested $100.00 in each of the S&P 500 index and the SNL U.S. Thrift NASDAQ index for the same period.

			Period Ending December 31,
Index	2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		2014
New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc.		100.00		135.89		127.32		149.12		185.98		197.17
S&P 500		100.00		115.06		117.49		136.30		180.44		205.14
SNL U.S. Thrift NASDAQ		100.00		98.90		88.32		105.40		133.65		148.02

29

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The summary information presented below at or for each of the years presented is derived in part from our Consolidated Financial Statements. The following information is only a summary, and you should read it in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and notes beginning on page F-1.

	At December 31,
	2014		2013		2012		2011		2010
	(in thousands)
Selected Financial Condition Data:
Total assets	$	1,503,786	$	1,423,870	$	1,270,477	$	1,041,819	$	995,054
Loans receivable, net		1,206,845		1,134,110		902,236		714,952		675,514
Deposits		1,152,714		1,088,092		949,341		803,023	��	778,219
Federal Home Loan Bank advances		140,992		121,734		142,730		80,967		75,959
Subordinated debentures		37,620		20,620		20,620		20,620		20,620
Total stockholders’ equity		139,836		149,257		129,494		108,660		92,391
Allowance for loan losses		9,269		9,757		9,923		9,131		9,864
Non-performing loans		7,327		9,303		17,001		16,616		10,420

	For the years ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012		2011		2010
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Selected Operating Data:
Total interest and dividend income	$	48,728	$	40,276	$	36,421	$	37,188	$	38,656
Total interest expense		6,799		6,497		7,399		8,689		9,744
Net interest and dividend income		41,929		33,779		29,022		28,499		28,912
Provision for loan losses		905		962		2,705		1,351		2,182
Net interest and dividend income after provision for loan losses		41,024		32,817		26,317		27,148		26,730
Total noninterest income		19,226		15,715		14,551		10,458		10,274
Total noninterest expense		46,646		36,991		29,425		27,126		25,513
Income before provision for income taxes		13,604		11,541		11,443		10,480		11,491
Provision for income taxes		3,564		3,127		3,684		2,811		3,544
Net income	$	10,040	$	8,414	$	7,759	$	7,669	$	7,947
Earnings per common share	$	1.19	$	1.11	$	1.20	$	1.20	$	1.29
Earnings per common share, assuming dilution	$	1.19	$	1.11	$	1.20	$	1.20	$	1.29
Dividends declared per common share	$	0.52	$	0.52	$	0.52	$	0.52	$	0.52

	For the years ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012			2011			2010
Selected financial ratios and other data (1):
Return on average assets		0.68	%		0.66	%		0.69	%		0.74	%		0.79	%
Return on average common equity		8.07			6.98			6.99			7.96			8.71
Average equity to average assets		8.44			9.51			8.13			7.27			8.11
Interest rate spread		3.03			2.94			2.81			3.01			3.18
Net interest margin		3.08			2.97			2.85			3.05			3.23
Average interest-bearing assets to average interest-earning liabilities		108.75			105.01			105.74			104.57			105.05
Total noninterest expense to average assets		3.17			2.90			2.63			2.61			2.55
Efficiency ratio (2)		73.51			72.72			66.55			68.54			63.90
Dividend payout ratio		43.70			46.85			43.33			43.33			40.31

30

	For the years ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012		2011		2010
Regulatory Capital Ratios:
Total risk-based capital		13.28		12.89		14.66		15.01		12.67
Tier 1 risk-based capital		12.33		11.83		13.47		14.35		12.04
Tier 1 leverage capital		8.43		8.29		8.82		9.58		8.28
Asset Quality Ratios:
Non-performing loans to total loans		0.49		0.65		1.34		1.59		1.05
Non-performing assets to total assets		0.60		0.82		1.86		2.29		1.52
Allowance for loan losses to total loans (3)		0.87		1.02		1.09		1.26		1.44
Non-performing loans to total allowance		174.27		217.35		172.73		182.34		101.86
Number of:
Banking offices		42		44		30		30		28
Full-time equivalent employees		351		360		278		234		231

(1) Asset Quality Ratios and Regulatory Capital Ratios are end of period ratios

(2) The efficiency ratio represents the ratio of operating expenses less intangible amortization divided by the sum of net interest and dividend income and non-interest income.

(3) GAAP requires that loans acquired in a business combination be recorded at fair value, whereas originated loans are recorded at cost. The fair value of loans acquired includes expected loan losses and there is no allowance for loan losses recorded for these loans at the time of acquisition. Accordingly, the ratio of allowance for loan losses to total loans is not directly comparable from year to year due to acquisition activity in 2012 and 2013.

31

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Highlights and Overview

Our profitability is derived from the Bank. The Bank’s earnings are primarily generated from the difference between the yield on its loans and investments and the cost of its deposit accounts and borrowings. Loan origination fees, retail-banking service fees, and gains on security and loan transactions supplement these core earnings. The following information should be considered in connection with our results for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014:

• net income available to common stockholders increased 21.14% compared to 2013;

• return on average common equity of 8.07% and return on average assets of 0.68%;

• book value per common share increased 3.90% to $15.97 as of December 31, 2014;

• loans increased $72.7 million, or 6.41%, to $1.2 billion as of December 31, 2014;

• net loan charge-offs were $1.4 million, or 0.11%, of average loans for the year ended December 31, 2014;

• deposits increased $64.6 million, or 5.94%, to $1.2 billion;

• net interest margin increased to 3.08% in 2014 from 2.97% in 2013; and

• noninterest income increased 22.34% to $19.2 million in 2014.

The following discussion is intended to assist in understanding our financial condition and results of operations. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes located elsewhere in this report.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and practices within the banking industry. Application of these principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions, and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, the financial statements could reflect different estimates, assumptions, and judgments. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Critical accounting estimates are necessary in the application of certain accounting policies and procedures, and are particularly susceptible to significant change. Critical accounting policies are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties, and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. For additional information on our critical accounting policies, please refer to the information contained in Note 1 of our Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this report.

Operating Segments

Our operations are managed along two reportable segments that represent our core businesses: Banking and Wealth Management. The Banking segment provides a wide array of lending and depository-related products and services to individuals, businesses and municipal enterprises. The Banking segment also provides commercial insurance and consumer products, including life, health, auto and homeowner insurance, through McCrillis & Eldredge and brokerage services through Lake Sunapee Financial Services Corporation. The Wealth Management segment provides trust and investment services through Charter Holding and Charter Trust. A summary of the financial results for each of our segments is included in Note 23—Operating Segments in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere within this report.

32

Average Balance Sheet and Analysis of Net Interest and Dividend Income

The following table presents, for the years indicated, the total dollar amount of interest income from interest-earning assets and the resultant yields as well as the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities and the resultant costs:

Years ended December 31,	2014							2013							2012
	Average Balance (1)		Interest		Yield/ Cost			Average Balance (1)		Interest		Yield/ Cost			Average Balance (1)		Interest		Yield/ Cost
	(Dollars in thousands)
Assets:
Interest-earning assets:
Loans (2)	$	1,201,839	$	46,647		3.88	%	$	956,796	$	38,034		3.98	%	$	800,290	$	32,542		4.07	%
Investment securities and other		161,233		2,081		1.29	%		182,358		2,242		1.23	%		217,390		3,879		1.78	%
Total interest-earning assets		1,363,072		48,728		3.57	%		1,139,154		40,276		3.54	%		1,017,680		36,421		3.58	%
Noninterest-earning assets:
Cash		11,928							21,350							19,751
Other noninterest-earning assets (3)		98,434							106,722							81,775
Total noninterest-earning assets		110,362							128,072							101,526
Total	$	1,473,434						$	1,267,226						$	1,119,206
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Savings, NOW and MMAs	$	690,720	$	829		0.12	%	$	579,126	$	386		0.07	%	$	462,684	$	619		0.13	%
Time deposits		366,200		3,635		0.99	%		338,920		3,669		1.08	%		332,545		3,762		1.13	%
Repurchase agreements		20,005		63		0.31	%		20,050		52		0.25	%		16,449		47		0.29	%
Capital securities and other borrowed funds		176,506		2,272		1.29	%		146,663		2,390		1.63	%		150,750		2,971		1.97	%
Total interest-bearing liabilities		1,253,431		6,799		0.54	%		1,084,759		6,497		0.60	%		962,428		7,399		0.77	%
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
Demand deposits		49,228							26,647							29,657
Other		23,436							12,313							16,086
Total noninterest-bearing liabilities		72,664							38,960							45,743
Stockholders’ equity		147,339							143,507							111,035
Total	$	1,473,434						$	1,267,226						$	1,119,206
Net interest income/Net interest rate spread			$	41,929		3.03	%			$	33,779		2.94	%			$	29,022		2.81	%
Net interest margin						3.08	%						2.97	%						2.85	%
Percentage of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities						108.75	%						105.01	%						105.74	%

(1) Monthly average balances have been used for all periods.

(2) Loans include 90-day delinquent loans which have been placed on a non-accruing status. Management does not believe that including the 90-day delinquent loans in loans caused any material difference in the information presented.

(3) Other noninterest-earning assets include non-earning assets and OREO.

33

The following table sets forth, for the years indicated, a summary of the changes in interest earned and interest paid resulting from changes in volume and rates. The net change attributable to changes in both volume and rate, which cannot be segregated, has been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate.

	Year ended December 31, 2014 vs. 2013 Increase (Decrease) due to
	Volume			Rate			Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Interest income on loans	$	8,853		$	(240	)	$	8,613
Interest income on investments		(231	)		70			(161	)
Total interest income		8,622			(170	)		8,452
Interest expense on savings, NOW and MMAs		453			(10	)		443
Interest expense on time deposits		(31	)		(3	)		(34	)
Interest expense on repurchase agreements		(1	)		12			11
Interest expense on capital securities and other borrowings		253			(371	)		(118	)
Total interest expense		674			(372	)		302
Net interest income	$	7,948		$	202		$	8,150

	Year ended December 31, 2013 vs. 2012 Increase (Decrease) due to
	Volume			Rate			Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Interest income on loans	$	6,203		$	(711	)	$	5,492
Interest income on investments		(559	)		(1,078	)		(1,637	)
Total interest income		5,644			(1,789	)		3,855
Interest expense on savings, NOW and MMAs		234			(467	)		(233	)
Interest expense on time deposits		75			(168	)		(93	)
Interest expense on repurchase agreements		9			(4	)		5
Interest expense on capital securities and other borrowings		(79	)		(502	)		(581	)
Total interest expense		239			(1,141	)		(902	)
Net interest income	$	5,405		$	(648	)	$	4,757

The following table sets forth the average yield on loans and investments, the average interest rate paid on deposits and borrowings, the interest rate spread and the net interest rate margin:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012			2011			2010
Yield on loans		3.88	%		3.98	%		4.07	%		4.42	%		4.87	%
Yield on investment securities		1.29	%		1.23	%		1.78	%		2.54	%		2.80	%
Combined yield on loans and investments		3.57	%		3.54	%		3.58	%		3.98	%		4.32	%
Cost of deposits, including repurchase agreements		0.42	%		0.44	%		0.55	%		0.75	%		0.93	%
other borrowed funds		1.29	%		1.63	%		1.97	%		2.40	%		2.33	%
Combined cost of deposits and borrowings		0.54	%		0.60	%		0.77	%		0.97	%		1.14	%
Interest rate spread		3.03	%		2.94	%		2.81	%		3.01	%		3.18	%
Net interest margin		3.08	%		2.97	%		2.85	%		3.05	%		3.23	%

34

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013

Total assets increased $79.9 million, or 5.61%, to $1.5 billion at December 31, 2014 from $1.4 billion at December 31, 2013. Cash and cash equivalents increased $17.5 million to $51.1 million at December 31, 2014 from $33.6 million at December 31, 2013.

Total net loans receivable excluding loans held-for-sale increased $72.7 million, or 6.41%, to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2014, compared to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2013. Our conventional real estate loan portfolio increased $43.4 million, or 7.21%, to $645.7 million at December 31, 2014 from $602.3 million at December 31, 2013. The outstanding balances on home equity loans and lines of credit decreased $1.4 million to $69.2 million over the same period. Construction loans increased $6.7 million, or 22.62%, to $36.4 million. Commercial real estate loans increased $25.2 million, or 8.76%, over the same period to $313.0 million. Consumer loans decreased $667 thousand, or 6.79%, to $9.2 million, and commercial and municipal loans decreased $1.5 million, or 1.07%, to $138.6 million. Sold loans serviced by us, not including participations, totaled $411.6 million at December 31, 2014, a decrease of $5.7 million, or 1.36%, compared to $417.3 million at December 31, 2013. Sold loans are loans originated by us and sold to the secondary market with the Company retaining the majority of servicing of these loans. We expect to continue to sell conventional real estate loans into the secondary market, retaining the servicing, in order to manage interest rate risk and control growth. Typically, we hold adjustable-rate loans in portfolio. At December 31, 2014, adjustable-rate mortgages comprised approximately 59.96% of our real estate mortgage loan portfolio, which is consistent with prior years. Impaired loans and non-performing assets were 1.09% of total assets and 1.54% of total loans originated at December 31, 2014, compared to 1.58% and 2.36%, respectively, at December 31, 2013.

The fair value of investment securities available-for-sale decreased $9.6 million, or 7.62%, to $115.7 million at December 31, 2014, from $125.2 million at December 31, 2013. We realized $950 thousand in the gains on the sales and calls of securities during 2014, compared to $964 thousand in gains on the sales and calls of securities recorded during 2013. At December 31, 2014, our investment portfolio had a net unrealized holding loss of $565 thousand, compared to a net unrealized holding loss of $2.0 million at December 31, 2013. The investments in our investment portfolio that are temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2014, consist primarily of bonds issued by the Treasury, U.S. government sponsored enterprises and agencies, mortgage-backed securities, and municipal bonds. The unrealized losses on debt securities are primarily attributable to changes in market interest rates and current market inefficiencies. As management has the ability and intent to hold debt securities until maturity and equity securities for the foreseeable future, no declines are deemed to be other than temporary.

OREO and property acquired in settlement of loans was $251 thousand at December 31, 2014, representing one property located in New Hampshire and one property located in Vermont, compared to $1.3 million at December 31, 2013 representing two properties located in New Hampshire and seven properties located in Vermont. During 2014, we acquired six properties and sold eleven properties recognizing net gains on sales of OREO of $185 thousand on proceeds of $2.1 million.

Goodwill decreased $56 thousand, or 0.13%, to $44.6 million at December 31, 2014, compared to $44.6 million at December 31, 2013. The change in goodwill represents net post-closing adjustments of $56 thousand related to the 2013 acquisitions of CFC and Charter Holding. An independent third-party analysis of goodwill indicated no impairment at December 31, 2014.

Intangible assets decreased $1.7 million to $9.3 million at December 31, 2014, compared to $11.0 million at December 31, 2013. Intangible assets include core deposit intangibles of $5.6 million and customer list intangibles of $3.7 million. We amortized $1.1 million of core deposit intangibles during 2014 utilizing the sum-of-the-years-digits method over 12 years, on average. We amortized $560 thousand of customer list intangibles during 2014 utilizing the sum-of-the-years-digits method over 15 years. An independent third-party analysis of core deposit intangibles indicated no impairment at December 31, 2014.

35

Total deposits increased $64.6 million, or 5.94%, to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2014 from $1.1 billion at December 31, 2013. Total brokered deposits of $51.1 million represent 4.43% of total deposits.

Advances from the FHLBB increased $19.3 million, or 15.82%, to $141.0 million from $121.7 million at December 31, 2013. The weighted average interest rate for the outstanding FHLBB advances was 0.90% at December 31, 2014 compared to 1.15% at December 31, 2013. At December 31, 2014, the Company had $44.2 million of stand-by letters of credit issued by FHLB to secure customer deposits.

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase decreased $11.1 million, or 39.91%, to $16.8 million at December 31, 2014, from $27.9 million at December 31, 2013.

Comparison of Operating Results for Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

General

We earned $10.0 million, or $1.19 per common share, assuming dilution, for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $8.4 million, or $1.11 per common share, assuming dilution, for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Net Interest and Dividend Income

Net interest and dividend income for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased $8.2 million, or 24.13%, to $41.9 million. The increase was a combination of an increase of $8.0 million due to volume and an increase of $202 thousand related to rate adjustments. Total interest and dividend income increased $8.5 million, or 20.98%, to $48.7 million, and the yield on interest-earning assets increased to 3.57% for the year ended December 31, 2014 from 3.54% for the same period in 2013. Interest and fees on loans increased $8.6 million, or 22.65%, to $46.6 million in 2014, due to an increase in average balances of $245.0 million offset by a decrease in the average yield on loans to 3.88% from 3.98%.

Interest on taxable investments increased $29 thousand, or 2.18%, to $1.4 million in 2014 compared to $1.3 million in 2013. Dividends increased $113 thousand to $165 thousand. Interest on other investments decreased $303 thousand to $554 thousand. The yield on our investment portfolio increased to 1.29% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 1.23% for the same period in 2013.

Total interest expense increased $302 thousand, or 4.65%, to $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily driven by an increase of $168.7 million in average interest-bearing liabilities offset in part by a decrease in the combined cost of funds on deposits and borrowings to 0.54% for the year ended December 31, 2014 from 0.60% for the year ended December 31, 2014. For the year ended December 31, 2014, interest on deposits increased $409 thousand, or 10.09%, to $4.5 million as average interest-bearing deposits increased $138.9 million and the cost of deposits decreased to 0.42% from 0.44% compared to the same period in 2013. Interest on FHLBB advances and other borrowed money decreased $168 thousand, or 10.60%, for the year ended December 31, 2014, to $1.4 million compared to the same period in 2013 as the average FHLBB advances outstanding rate decreased in 2014 compared to 2013 while average balances outstanding increased. Interest on debentures increased $49 thousand, or 6.08%, for the year ended December 31, 2014 representing a decrease of $162 thousand of Trust II & Trust III interest expense offset by the addition of $211 thousand of interest expense on the Subordinated Debenture issued in October 2014.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, our combined cost of funds decreased to 0.54% as compared to 0.60% for 2013, due primarily to the downward repricing of maturing advances combined with increases in lower-costing checking accounts.

Our interest rate spread, which represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities, increased to 3.03% in 2014 from 2.94% in 2013. Our net interest margin, representing net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets, increased to 3.08% during 2014, from 2.97% during 2013.

36

For additional information relating to our net interest and dividend income, please review the section entitled “Average Balance Sheet and Analysis of Net Interest and Dividend Income” above.

Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses

We maintain an allowance for loan losses to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Adjustments to the allowance for loan losses are charged to income through the provision for loan losses. We test the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses at least quarterly by preparing an analysis applying loss factors to outstanding loans by type. This analysis stratifies the loan portfolio by loan type and assigns a loss factor to each type based on an assessment of the risk associated with each type. In determining the loss factors, we consider historical losses and market conditions. Loss factors may be adjusted for qualitative factors that, in management’s judgment, affect the collectibility of the portfolio.

The allowance for loan losses incorporates the results of measuring impairment for specifically identified non-homogeneous problem loans in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 310-10-35, “Receivables-Overall Subsequent-Measurement.” In accordance with ASC 310-10-35, the specific allowance reduces the carrying amount of the impaired loans to their estimated fair value. A loan is recognized as impaired when it is probable that principal and/or interest are not collectible in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan. Measurement of impairment can be based on the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the market price of the loan, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Measurement of impairment does not apply to large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans such as most residential mortgage, home equity, or installment loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment. Please refer to Note 4 to our Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this report for information regarding impaired loans.

Our commercial loan officers review the financial condition of commercial loan customers on a regular basis and perform visual inspections of facilities and inventories. We also have loan review, internal audit, and compliance programs with results reported directly to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

The allowance for loan losses (not including allowance for losses from the overdraft program described below) at December 31, 2014, was $9.2 million compared to $9.7 million at December 31, 2013. At $9.2 million, the allowance for loan losses represents 0.76% of total loans held, down from 0.85% at December 31, 2013. Total impaired loans and non-performing assets at December 31, 2014, were $16.4 million, representing 176.98% of the allowance for loan losses. Modestly improving economic and market conditions coupled with internal risk rating changes offset by portfolio growth resulted in us adding $850 thousand to the allowance for loan and lease losses during 2014 compared to $888 million in 2013. The provisions during the year ended December 31, 2014, have been offset by loan charge-offs of $1.7 million and recoveries of $389 thousand during the same period. Modestly improving economic conditions and decreases in delinquencies and charge-offs, resulted in our decision to decrease the provision for loan losses during 2014 compared to 2013. The provisions made in 2014 reflect loan loss experience in 2014 and changes in economic conditions that decreased the risk of loss inherent in the loan portfolio. Management anticipates making additional provisions in 2015 as needed to maintain the allowance at an adequate level.

In addition to the allowance for loan losses, there is an allowance for losses from the fee for service overdraft program. We seek to maintain an allowance equal to 100% of the aggregate balance of negative balance accounts that have remained negative for 30 days or more. Negative balance accounts are charged off when the balance has remained negative for 60 consecutive days. At December 31, 2014, the overdraft allowance was $20 thousand compared to $24 thousand at year-end 2013. Provisions for overdraft losses were $55 thousand during the 12-month period ended December 31, 2014, compared to $74 thousand for the same period during 2013. Ongoing provisions are anticipated as overdraft charge-offs continue and we adhere to our policy to maintain an allowance for overdraft losses equal to 100% of the aggregate negative balance of accounts remaining negative for 30 days or more.

37

Loan charge-offs (excluding the overdraft program) were $1.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $1.8 million for the same period in 2013. Recoveries (excluding the overdraft program) were $389 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $712 thousand for the same period in 2013. This activity resulted in net charge-offs of $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $1.1 million for the same period in 2013. One-to-four family residential mortgages, commercial real estate mortgages, commercial loans, and consumer loans accounted for 40%, 31%, 25%, and 4%, respectively, of the amounts charged off during the year ended December 31, 2014.

The following is a summary of activity in the allowance for loan losses account (excluding the overdraft program) for the years ended December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013			2012			2011			2010
Balance, beginning of year	$	9,733		$	9,909		$	9,113		$	9,841		$	9,494
Charge-offs:
Residential real estate		681			851			1,239			1,187			999
Commercial real estate		533			593			474			548			324
Construction		—			—			138			303			45
Consumer loans		64			30			20			38			46
Commercial loans		445			302			438			147			213
Acquired loans (discounts to related credit quality)		—			—			—			—			—
Total charged-off loans		1,723			1,776			2,309			2,223			1,627
Recoveries:
Residential real estate		314			268			167			132			9
Commercial real estate		1			284			56			—			—
Construction		—			—			68			—			—
Consumer loans		17			6			22			2			14
Commercial loans		57			154			142			61			26
Acquired loans (discounts to related credit quality)		—			—			—			—			—
Total recoveries		389			712			455			195			49
Net charge-offs		1,334			1,064			1,854			2,028			1,578
Allowance from acquisitions		—			—			—			—			—
Transfer to off-balance sheet reserve		—			—			—			—			(175	)
Provision for loan loss charged to income		850			888			2,650			1,300			2,100
Balance, end of year	$	9,249		$	9,733		$	9,909		$	9,113		$	9,841
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans		0.11	%		0.11	%		0.23	%		0.28	%		0.25	%

The following is a summary of activity in the allowance for overdraft privilege account for the years ended December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013		2012		2011		2010
Beginning balance	$	24	$	14	$	18	$	23	$	25
Overdraft charge-offs		155		200		200		226		251
Overdraft recoveries		96		136		141		170		167
Net overdraft losses		59		64		59		56		84
Provisions for overdrafts		55		74		55		51		82
Ending balance	$	20	$	24	$	14	$	18	$	23

38

The following table sets forth the allocation of the loan loss allowance (excluding overdraft allowances), the percentage of allowance to the total allowance and the percentage of loans in each category to total loans at December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)	2014						2013						2012
Real estate loans -
Residential, 1-4 family and home equity loans	$	4,713	51	%	58	%	$	5,314	55	%	59	%	$	4,774	48	%	66	%
Commercial		2,707	29	%	26	%		2,027	21	%	25	%		3,378	34	%	20	%
Construction		991	11	%	3	%		353	3	%	3	%		208	2	%	2	%
Collateral and consumer loans		66	—		1	%		51	1	%	1	%		44	1	%	1	%
Commercial and municipal loans		635	7	%	12	%		1,551	16	%	12	%		918	9	%	11	%
Impaired loans		67	1	%	—			197	2	%	—			361	4	%	—
Acquired loans (discounts to related credit quality)		—	—		—			—	—		—			—	—		—
Unallocated		70	1	%	—			240	2	%	—			226	2	%	—
Allowance	$	9,249	100	%	100	%	$	9,733	100	%	100	%	$	9,909	100	%	100	%
Allowance as a percentage of total originated loans			0.87	%					1.02	%					1.09	%
Non-performing loans as a percentage of allowance			174.27	%					217.35	%					172.73	%

	2011						2010
Real estate loans -
Residential, 1-4 family and home equity loans	$	4,870	53	%	66	%	$	4,029	41	%	66	%
Commercial		2,813	31	%	19	%		2,683	27	%	19	%
Construction		222	2	%	2	%		575	6	%	3	%
Collateral and consumer loans		40	1	%	1	%		70	1	%	1	%
Commercial and municipal loans		721	8	%	12	%		2,004	20	%	11	%
Impaired loans		308	3	%	—			480	5	%	—
Unallocated		139	2	%	—			—	—		—
Allowance	$	9,113	100	%	100	%	$	9,841	100	%	100	%
Allowance as a percentage of total loans			1.26	%					1.44	%
Non-performing loans as a percentage of allowance			182.34	%					101.86	%

Classified loans include non-performing loans and performing loans that have been adversely classified, net of specific reserves. Total classified loans at carrying value were $28.2 million at December 31, 2014, compared to $30.3 million at December 31, 2013. The decrease comes primarily from a decrease of $5.0 million of the net carrying value of loans identified as impaired at December 31, 2014. Additional information on troubled debt restructurings can be found in Note 4 of our Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, we had $251 thousand of OREO at December 31, 2014, representing one residential property and one commercial property acquired during the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $1.3 million at December 31, 2013, representing six residential properties and one commercial property acquired during the year ended December 31, 2013. During the year ended December 31, 2014, we sold eleven properties, seven of which were classified as OREO at December 31, 2013, while the other four were acquired during 2014. Losses were incurred in the acquisition and liquidation process and our loss experience suggests it is prudent for us to continue funding provisions to build the allowance for loan losses. While, for the most part, quantifiable loss amounts have not

39

been identified with individual credits, we anticipate more charge-offs as loan issues are resolved due to the inherent risks in providing credit. The impaired loans meet the criteria established under ASC 310-10-35. Six loans considered impaired at December 31, 2014 had specific reserves identified and assigned. The six loans are secured by real estate, business assets or a combination of both. At December 31, 2014, the allowance included $67 thousand allocated to impaired loans compared to $197 thousand at December 31, 2013.

Loans over 90 days past due were $3.3 million at December 31, 2014, compared to $3.9 million at December 31, 2013. Loans 30 to 89 days past due were $9.6 million at December 31, 2014, compared to $5.7 million at December 31, 2013. The level of loan losses and loan delinquencies, combined with moderately improving economic and commercial and residential real estate market conditions are factors considered in determining the adequacy of the loan loss allowance and assessing the need for additional provisions. We anticipate more charge-offs as loan issues are resolved due to the normal course of credit risk. As a percentage of assets, non-performing loans decreased from 0.65% at December 31, 2013 to 0.49% at December 31, 2014, and as a percentage of total originated loans, decreased from 0.98% at the end of 2013 to 0.69% at the end of 2014.

Loans classified for regulatory purposes as loss, doubtful, substandard or special mention do not reflect trends or uncertainties which we reasonably expect will materially impact future operating results, liquidity, or capital resources. For the period ended December 31, 2014, all loans about which management possesses information regarding possible borrower credit problems and doubts as to borrowers’ ability to comply with present loan repayment terms or to repay a loan through liquidation of collateral are included in the tables below or discussed herein.

At December 31, 2014, we had 59 loans with net carrying values of $11.0 million considered to be “troubled debt restructurings” as defined in ASC 310-40, “Receivables-Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors.” At December 31, 2014, the majority of troubled debt restructurings were performing under contractual terms and are included in impaired loans. Of the 59 loans classified as troubled debt restructured, 15 were 30 days or more past due at December 31, 2014. The balances of these loans were $2.3 million, and the loans have no assigned specific allowance. Forty-three loans were considered troubled debt restructured at both December 31, 2014 and 2013. These 43 loans include 10 commercial real estate loans totaling $4.6 million, 25 residential loans totaling $3.4 million, 3 construction loans totaling $1.1 million and 5 commercial loans for $430 thousand. These loans, independently measured for impairment, carry a combined specific allowance of $53 thousand. At December 31, 2013, we had 57 loans with net carrying values of $12.5 million considered to be troubled debt restructurings.

Non-performing loans include loans which are on nonaccrual. Troubled debt restructured loans of $8.8 million are performing within their restructured terms and are accruing interest at December 31, 2014. These accruing troubled debt restructured loans account for the difference of $8.8 million between impaired loans of $16.1 million and non-accrual loans of $7.3 million December 31, 2014.

At December 31, 2014, there were no other loans excluded in the tables below or discussed above where known information about possible credit problems of the borrowers caused management to have doubts as to the ability of the borrowers to comply with present loan repayment terms and which may result in disclosure of such loans in the future.

40

The following table shows the breakdown of the carrying value of non-performing assets and non-performing assets as a percentage of the total allowance and total assets for the periods indicated:

(Dollars in thousands)	December 31, 2014								December 31, 2013
	Carrying Value		Percentage to Total Allowance			Percentage to Total Assets			Carrying Value		Percentage to Total Allowance			Percentage to Total Assets
Impaired loans (excluding TDRs)	$	5,072		54.84	%		0.34	%	$	8,701		89.40	%		0.61	%
Trouble debt restructured loans		11,046		119.43	%		0.73	%		12,454		127.96	%		0.88	%
OREO and chattel		251		2.71	%		0.02	%		1,343		13.80	%		0.09	%
Total impaired loans and non-performing assets	$	16,369		176.98	%		1.09	%	$	22,498		231.16	%		1.58	%

The following table sets forth the breakdown of non-performing assets at December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013		2012		2011		2010
Nonaccrual loans (1)	$	7,327	$	9,303	$	17,001	$	16,616	$	10,420
Real estate and chattel property owned		251		1,343		102		1,344		75
Total non-performing assets (2)	$	7,578	$	10,646	$	17,103	$	17,960	$	10,495

(1) All loans 90 days or more delinquent are placed on a nonaccrual status.

(2) Amount reflected for December 31, 2012 excludes acquired loans.

The following table sets forth nonaccrual⁽¹⁾ loans by category at December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013		2012		2011		2010
Real estate loans -
Conventional	$	2,426	$	3,821	$	6,250	$	5,578	$	1,645
Commercial		3,926		4,512		9,304		8,484		7,449
Home equity		181		104		158		—		120
Construction		15		230		887		1,006		140
Consumer loans		—		15		—		8		18
Commercial and municipal loans		779		621		402		1,540		1,048
Total (2)	$	7,327	$	9,303	$	17,001	$	16,616	$	10,420

(1) All loans 90 days or more delinquent are placed on a nonaccrual status.

(2) Amount reflected for December 31, 2012 excludes acquired loans.

We believe the allowance for loan losses is at a level sufficient to cover inherent losses, given the current level of risk in the loan portfolio. At the same time, we recognize that the determination of future loss potential is intrinsically uncertain. Future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if economic, real estate, deterioration in the credit quality of acquired loans, and other conditions differ substantially from the current operating environment and result in increased levels of non-performing loans and substantial differences between estimated and actual losses. Adjustments to the allowance are charged to income through the provision for loan losses.

Noninterest Income and Expense

Total noninterest income increased $3.5 million, or 22.34%, to $19.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to the same period in 2013 due, in part, to twelve months of revenue in 2014 from the Charter Trust Company and Central Financial Corp. compared to partial year inclusion in 2013. Customer service fees increased $818 thousand, or 15.61%, primarily driven by the acquired operations.

41

Net gain on sales and calls of securities decreased $14 thousand, or 14.52%, compared to 2013. Income from mortgage banking activities decreased $1.4 million, or 61.57%, as we sold $44.4 million of 1-4 family conventional mortgage loans into the secondary market during 2014, down $44.3 million from $88.7 million of loans sold during 2013. In addition to decreased volume, the rate valuation, and subsequent gains added to the reduction in overall revenue for the category. We also retained a higher portion of originated mortgage loans within our portfolio during 2014, resulting in balance sheet increases related to net originated loans of $43.4 million and $25.2 million of conventional real estate loans and commercial real estate loans, respectively. Net gains on sales of OREO and fixed assets increased $176 thousand during 2014 as we recognized net gains of $181 thousand compared to $5 thousand for the same period in 2013.

The remeasurement gain recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013, was a gain of $1.4 million related to the write-up of the Bank’s investment in Charter Holding at acquisition date from $4.8 million to the market value of $6.2 million. The market value was based on the purchase price paid to MVSB to assume its 50% ownership of Charter Holding on September 4, 2013. Income from equity interest in Charter Holding decreased $294 thousand to no recognition for the year ended December 31, 2014, from $294 thousand for the same period in 2013. As 100% owner of Charter Holding, effective September 4, 2013, the Bank no longer records income from equity interest in Charter Holding as all activity is now included in consolidated earnings as trust income and related expense categories. Trust income was $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $5.6 million compared to $2.7 million reported for the period of September 4, 2013 through December 31, 2013, representing the period of the Bank’s 100% ownership of Charter Holding.

Rental income decreased $29 thousand as revenue within this category remained relatively unchanged. Bank-owned life insurance income increased $9 thousand to $635 thousand. Insurance commissions increased $9 thousand to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $1.5 million in 2013 representing an increase in premium commissions of $74 thousand, or 6.04%, offset in part by a decrease of $65 thousand in contingency commission.

Total noninterest expenses increased $9.7 million, or 26.10%, to $46.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, from $37.0 million for the same period in 2013. This increase includes an increase of $4.8 million of noninterest expenses from the wealth management operating segment. Please see note 23 for more information on operating segments. Salaries and employee benefits increased $5.8 million, or 30.36%, to $25.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, from $19.2 million for the same period in 2013. Gross salaries and benefits paid, which exclude the deferral of expenses associated with the origination of loans, increased $5.5 million, or 25.99%, to $26.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, from $21.2 million for the same period in 2013. Gross salaries increased $4.3 million, or 26.71%, to $20.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared $16.1 million for the same period in 2013. In addition to ordinary staffing additions, promotions, and salary increases, salary expenses related to Charter Trust operations accounted for approximately $2.4 million, or 57.56% of the increase, while staffing related to a full year of RNB salaries amounted to approximately $659 thousand. Average full time equivalents decreased to 351 at December 31, 2014, compared to 360 at December 31, 2013; this change reflects the impact of additional staff from CFC and Charter Holding. Benefits costs increased $1.2 million including $616 thousand of increases related to Charter Trust. The increase in overall benefits costs includes increases of $243 thousand related to retirement costs and $433 thousand in health insurance costs. The deferral of expenses associated with the origination of loans decreased $327 thousand, or 16.60%, to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, from $2.0 million for the same period in 2013. This deferral represents salary and employee benefits expenses associated with origination costs which are recognized over the life of the loan. The decrease is a direct result of the change in the volume of loan originations year over year.

Occupancy and equipment expenses increased $1.1 million, or 24.80%, to $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, from $4.5 million for the same period in 2013, due primarily to a higher number of locations during 2014 including increases of $1.0 million for former RNB locations and $196 thousand for Charter Holding locations. Advertising and promotion increased $250 thousand, or 37.76%, to $912 thousand for the year

42

ended December 31, 2014, from $662 thousand for the same period in 2013, due primarily to increases in promotions related to the eight additional banking locations and Charter Holding increases of $85 thousand. Depositors’ insurance increased $218 thousand to $994 thousand at December 31, 2014, compared to $776 thousand at December 31, 2013, due primarily to an increase in assessed deposits.

Professional fees decreased $11 thousand, or 0.87%, to $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $1.3 million for the same period in 2013. Data processing and outside services fees increased $1.1 million, or 76.24%, to $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013 due to increases in correspondent services, core processing, online banking, and collection expenses. ATM processing fees increased $213 thousand, or 33.81%, to $843 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2014, from $630 thousand for the same period in 2013, which is consistent with the impact increased volume had within customer service fees.

Merger related expenses decreased $1.6 million with no expenses recorded for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $1.6 million for the same period in 2013. These expenses reflect the non-deductible legal and investment banking expenses recorded by us related to the acquisition of CFC that are not qualified tax deductions.

Amortization of intangible assets increased $688 thousand with the additions of the customer list intangible from Charter Holding and the core deposit intangible from CFC.

Other expenses increased $1.4 million, or 29.57%, to $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $4.8 million compared to the same period in 2013. This includes an increase of $961 thousand of other expenses related to the operations of Charter Holding. Other increases included $156 thousand in contributions, including an increase of $95 thousand in state tax-qualified contributions; $142 thousand in postage driven in part by the additional deposit accounts acquired in 2013 and the regulatory requirement to now provide monthly mortgage statements; $104 thousand in expenses related to non-earning assets; $140 thousand in debit card charge-offs related to the increased volume of fraudulent transactions demonstrated throughout the industry; and $111 thousand in Vermont state franchise tax which is based on Vermont-based deposit levels.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31 includes net deferred income tax expense of $1.2 million in 2014, $592 thousand in 2013, and $479 thousand in 2012. These amounts were determined by the asset and liability method in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for each year.

We have provided deferred income taxes on the difference between the provision for loan losses permitted for income tax purposes and the provision recorded for financial reporting purposes.

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

Total assets increased $153.4 million, or 12.07%, to $1.4 billion at December 31, 2013 from $1.3 billion at December 31, 2012, which reflects $184.2 million of total assets related to the acquisitions of CFC and Charter Holding. Cash and cash items decreased $5.6 million, or 14.26%, to $33.6 million at December 31, 2013 from $39.2 million at December 31, 2012.

Total net loans receivable excluding loans held-for-sale increased $231.9 million, or 25.70%, to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2013, compared to $902.2 million at December 31, 2012, including $127.7 million from CFC. Our conventional real estate loan portfolio increased $130.8 million, or 27.75%, to $602.3 million at December 31, 2013, from $471.4 million at December 31, 2012, including $52.4 million from CFC. The outstanding balances on home equity loans and lines of credit increased $1.3 million to $70.6 million over the same period, including $6.8 million acquired from CFC. Construction loans increased $10.3 million, or 53.11%,

43

to $29.7 million, including $3.7 million acquired from CFC. Commercial real estate loans increased $53.5 million, or 22.86%, over the same period to $287.8 million. In addition to commercial real estate loans acquired from CFC, the increase in commercial real estate loans represents loans to existing commercial customers and new commercials customers offset by normal amortizations and prepayments as well as principal pay-downs. Additionally, consumer loans increased $2.5 million, or 34.41%, to $9.8 million, including $3.0 million acquired from CFC, and commercial and municipal loans increased $32.3 million, or 30.00%, to $140.1 million, including $8.7 million acquired from CFC. Sold loans serviced by the Company, not including participations, totaled $417.3 million at December 31, 2013, an increase of $31.9 million, or 8.28%, compared to $385.4 million at December 31, 2012. This includes $14.4 million of sold loans assumed with the acquisition of CFC. Sold loans are loans originated by us and sold to the secondary market with the Company retaining the majority of servicing of these loans. We expect to continue to sell fixed-rate loans into the secondary market, retaining the servicing, in order to manage interest rate risk and control growth. Typically, we hold adjustable-rate loans in portfolio. At December 31, 2013, adjustable-rate mortgages comprised approximately 58.33% of our real estate mortgage loan portfolio, which is consistent with prior year, as we continued to originate shorter-term loans in 2013, such as the 10-year fixed mortgage loan, which are held in portfolio as well as holding a portion of 15-year fixed mortgage loans and experiencing higher refinancing from adjustable-rate products into fixed rate products. Impaired loans and non-performing assets were 1.58% of total assets and 2.36% of total loans originated at December 31, 2013, compared to 1.35% and 2.10%, respectively, at December 31, 2012.

The fair value of investment securities available-for-sale decreased $87.1 million, or 41.03%, to $125.2 million at December 31, 2013, from $212.4 million at December 31, 2012. We realized $964 thousand in the gains on the sales and calls of securities during 2013, compared to $3.8 million in gains on the sales and calls of securities recorded during 2012. At December 31, 2013, our investment portfolio had a net unrealized holding loss of $2.0 million, compared to a net unrealized holding gain of $2.0 million at December 31, 2012. The investments in our investment portfolio that are temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2013, consist primarily of financial institution equity securities, mortgage-backed securities issued by the Treasury, U.S. government sponsored enterprises and agencies, municipal bonds and other bonds and debentures. The unrealized losses on debt securities are primarily attributable to changes in market interest rates and current market inefficiencies. As management has the ability and intent to hold debt securities until maturity and equity securities for the foreseeable future, no declines are deemed to be other than temporary.

OREO and property acquired in settlement of loans was $1.3 million at December 31, 2013, including $1.5 million acquired from CFC, and representing two properties located in New Hampshire and seven properties located in Vermont, compared to $102 thousand at December 31, 2012, representing one property located in New Hampshire. At December 31, 2013, one commercial property in Vermont was carried at $846 thousand, or 62.99% of total OREO and property acquired in settlement of loans at that time.

Goodwill increased $9.2 million, or 26.10%, to $44.6 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $35.4 million at December 31, 2012. The change in goodwill represents $4.6 million related to the 2013 acquisition of Charter Holding, $4.6 million related to the 2013 acquisition of CFC, and a post-closing adjustment of $41 thousand related to the 2012 acquisition of The Nashua Bank (“TNB”). An independent third-party analysis of goodwill indicated no impairment at December 31, 2013.

Intangible assets increased $7.6 million to $11.0 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $3.4 million at December 31, 2012. Intangible assets include core deposit intangibles of $6.7 million, including $4.5 million from the acquisition of CFC, and customer list intangibles of $4.3 million, including $3.1 million from the acquisition of Charter Holding. We amortized $759 thousand of core deposit intangibles during 2013 utilizing the sum-of-the-years-digits method over 12 years, on average. We amortized $241 thousand of customer list intangibles during 2013 utilizing the sum-of-the-years-digits method over 15 years. An independent third-party analysis of core deposit intangibles indicates no impairment at December 31, 2013.

44

Total deposits increased $138.8 million, or 14.62%, to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2013 from $949.3 million at December 31, 2012. This increase includes $149.7 million assumed from CFC. Total brokered deposits of $20.8 million represent 1.91% of total deposits.

Advances from the FHLBB decreased $21.0 million, or 14.71%, to $121.7 million from $142.7 million at December 31, 2012. The weighted average interest rate for the outstanding FHLBB advances was 1.15% at December 31, 2013 compared to 1.34% at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2013, we had $46.3 million of stand-by letters of credit issued by FHLB to secure customer deposits.

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase increased $13.3 million, or 90.74%, to $27.9 million at December 31, 2013, from $14.6 million at December 31, 2012.

Comparison of Operating Results for Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

General

We earned $8.4 million, or $1.11 per common share, assuming dilution, for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $7.7 million, or $1.20 per common share, assuming dilution, for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Net Interest and Dividend Income

Net interest and dividend income for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased $4.8 million, or 16.39%, to $33.8 million. The increase was a combination of a $5.4 million increase due to volume offset by a $649 thousand decrease related to rate adjustments. Total interest and dividend income increased $3.9 million, or 10.58%, to $40.3 million, and the yield on interest-earning assets decreased to 3.54% from 3.58% for the year ended December 31, 2013. Interest and fees on loans increased $5.5 million, or 16.88%, to $38.0 million in 2013, due to an increase in average balances of $156.5 million offset by a decrease in the average yield on loans to 3.98% from 4.07%.

Interest on taxable investments decreased $1.9 million, or 58.64%, to $1.3 million in 2013 compared to $3.2 million in 2012, as a result of our deleveraging of the investment portfolio to fund loan growth. Dividends decreased $10 thousand, or 16.13%, to $52 thousand. Interest on other investments increased $263 thousand, or 44.28%, to $857 thousand. The yield on our investment portfolio declined to 1.23% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 1.78% for the same period in 2012.

Total interest expense decreased $902 thousand, or 12.20%, to $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease is primarily due to the 22.08% decrease in the combined cost of funds on deposits and borrowings to 0.60% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from 0.77% for the year ended December 31, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2013, interest on deposits decreased $326 thousand, or 7.45%, to $4.1 million despite an increase in average interest-bearing deposits of $122.8 million as the cost of deposits decreased to 0.44% from 0.55% compared to the same period in 2012. Interest on FHLBB advances and other borrowed money decreased $359 thousand, or 18.45%, for the year ended December 31, 2013, to $1.6 million compared to the same period in 2012 as the average FHLBB advances outstanding and rate decreased in 2013 compared to 2012. Interest on debentures decreased $221 thousand, or 21.53%, for the year ended December 31, 2013, due to the expiration of the interest rate swap on June 17, 2013, which had set a fixed rate of 6.65% on $10.0 million of the debenture.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, our combined cost of funds decreased to 0.60% as compared to 0.77% for 2012, due primarily to the downward repricing of maturing time deposits and advances combined with increases in lower-costing checking accounts and the expiration of the previously referenced interest rate swap agreement.

45

Our interest rate spread, which represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities, increased to 2.94% in 2013 from 2.81% in 2012. Our net interest margin, representing net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets, increased to 2.97% during 2013, from 2.85% during 2012.

For additional information relating to our net interest and dividend income, please review the section entitled “Average Balance Sheet and Analysis of Net Interest and Dividend Income” above.

Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses (not including allowance for losses from the overdraft program described below) at December 31, 2013, was $9.7 million compared to $9.9 million at December 31, 2012. At $9.7 million, the allowance for loan losses represents 0.85% of total loans held, down from 1.09% at December 31, 2012. Total impaired loans and non-performing assets at December 31, 2013, were $22.5 million, representing 231.15% of the allowance for loan losses. Modestly improving economic and market conditions coupled with internal risk rating changes offset by portfolio growth resulted in us adding $888 thousand to the allowance for loan and lease losses during 2013 compared to $2.7 million in 2012. The provisions during the year ended December 31, 2013, have been offset by loan charge-offs of $1.8 million and recoveries of $712 thousand during the same period. Modestly improving economic conditions and decreases in delinquencies and charge-offs, resulted in our decision to decrease the provision for loan losses during 2013 compared to 2012. The provisions made in 2013 reflect loan loss experience in 2013 and changes in economic conditions that decreased the risk of loss inherent in the loan portfolio. Management anticipates making additional provisions in 2014 as needed to maintain the allowance at an adequate level.

In addition to the allowance for loan losses, there is an allowance for losses from the fee for service overdraft program. We seek to maintain an allowance equal to 100% of the aggregate balance of negative balance accounts that have remained negative for 30 days or more. Negative balance accounts are charged-off when the balance has remained negative for 60 consecutive days. At December 31, 2013, the overdraft allowance was $24 thousand compared to $14 thousand at year-end 2012. Provisions for overdraft losses were $74 thousand during the 12-month period ended December 31, 2013, compared to $55 thousand for the same period during 2012. Ongoing provisions are anticipated as overdraft charge-offs continue and we adhere to our policy to maintain an allowance for overdraft losses equal to 100% of the aggregate negative balance of accounts remaining negative for 30 days or more.

Loan charge-offs (excluding the overdraft program) were $1.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $2.3 million for the same period in 2012. Recoveries (excluding the overdraft program) were $712 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $455 thousand for the same period in 2012. This activity resulted in net charge-offs of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $1.9 million for the same period in 2012. One-to-four family residential mortgages, commercial real estate mortgages, commercial loans, and consumer loans accounted for 48%, 33%, 2% and 17%, respectively, of the amounts charged-off during the year ended December 31, 2013.

Classified loans include non-performing loans and performing loans that have been adversely classified, net of specific reserves. Total classified loans at carrying value were $30.3 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $26.3 million at December 31, 2012. The increase comes primarily from an increase of $2.3 million of the net carrying value of loans identified as impaired at December 31, 2013. Additional information on troubled debt restructurings can be found in Note 4 of our Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, we had $1.3 million of OREO at December 31, 2013, representing six residential properties and one commercial property acquired during the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $102 thousand at December 31, 2012, representing one residential property acquired during the year ended December 31, 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we sold five properties, one of which was classified as OREO at December 31, 2012, while the other four were acquired during 2013. Losses were incurred in the acquisition and liquidation process and our loss experience suggests it is prudent for us to continue funding provisions to build the allowance for loan losses.

46

While, for the most part, quantifiable loss amounts have not been identified with individual credits, we anticipate more charge-offs as loan issues are resolved due to the inherent risks in providing credit. The impaired loans meet the criteria established under ASC 310-10-35. Ten loans considered impaired at December 31, 2013, had specific reserves identified and assigned. The 10 loans are secured by real estate, business assets or a combination of both. At December 31, 2013, the allowance included $197 thousand allocated to impaired loans compared to $361 thousand at December 31, 2012.

Loans over 90 days past due were $3.9 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $3.2 million at December 31, 2012. Loans 30 to 89 days past due were $5.7 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $9.7 million at December 31, 2012. The level of loan losses and loan delinquencies, combined with moderately improving economic and commercial and residential real estate market conditions are factors considered in determining the adequacy of the loan loss allowance and assessing the need for additional provisions. We anticipate more charge-offs as loan issues are resolved due to the normal course of credit risk. As a percentage of assets, non-performing loans decreased from 1.34% at December 31, 2012 to 0.65% at December 31, 2013, and as a percentage of total originated loans, decreased from 2.07% at the end of 2012 to 0.98% at the end of 2013.

Loans classified for regulatory purposes as loss, doubtful, substandard or special mention do not reflect trends or uncertainties which we reasonably expect will materially impact future operating results, liquidity, or capital resources. For the period ended December 31, 2013, all loans about which management possesses information regarding possible borrower credit problems and doubts as to borrowers’ ability to comply with present loan repayment terms or to repay a loan through liquidation of collateral are included in the tables below or discussed herein.

At December 31, 2013, we had 57 loans with net carrying values of $12.3 million considered to be “troubled debt restructurings” as defined in ASC 310-40, “Receivables-Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors.” At December 31, 2013, the majority of “troubled debt restructurings” were performing under contractual terms and are included in impaired loans. Of the 57 loans classified as troubled debt restructured, 8 were 30 days or more past due at December 31, 2013. The balances of these loans were $799 thousand, and the loans have assigned specific allowances of $20 thousand. Thirty loans were considered troubled debt restructured at both December 31, 2013 and 2012. These 30 loans include 13 commercial real estate loans totaling $3.8 million, 15 residential loans totaling $1.4 million, 1 construction loan totaling $609 thousand and 1 commercial loan for $23 thousand. These loans, independently measured for impairment, carry a combined specific allowance of $47 thousand. At December 31, 2012, we had 65 loans with net carrying values of $12.8 million considered to be “troubled debt restructurings” as defined in ASC 310-40, “Receivables-Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors.”

Non-performing loans include loans which are on nonaccrual. Troubled debt restructured loans of $11.9 million are performing within their restructured terms and are accruing interest at December 31, 2013. These accruing troubled debt restructured loans account for the difference of $11.9 million between impaired loans of $21.2 million and non-accrual loans of $9.3 million at December 31, 2013.

At December 31, 2013, there were no other loans excluded in the tables set forth in the section entitled “Comparison of Operating Results for Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013—Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses” or discussed above where known information about possible credit problems of the borrowers caused management to have doubts as to the ability of the borrowers to comply with present loan repayment terms and which may result in disclosure of such loans in the future.

47

The following table shows the breakdown of the carrying value of non-performing assets and non-performing assets (dollars in thousands) as a percentage of the total allowance and total assets for the periods indicated:

	December 31, 2013								December 31, 2012
	Carrying Value		Percentage to Total Allowance			Percentage to Total Assets			Carrying Value		Percentage to Total Allowance			Percentage to Total Assets
Impaired loans (excluding TDRs)		8,701		89.40	%		0.61	%		5,799		58.52	%		0.45	%
Trouble debt restructured		12,454		127.96	%		0.88	%		11,202		113.05	%		0.88	%
Other real estate owned and chattel		1,343		13.80	%		0.09	%		102		1.03	%		0.01	%
Total impaired loans and non-performing assets (2)	$	22,498		231.16	%		1.58	%	$	17,103		172.60	%		1.35	%

Noninterest Income and Expense

Total noninterest income increased $1.0 million, or 7.05%, to $15.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the same period in 2012. Customer service fees increased $172 thousand, or 3.39%, due in part to increased volume and related revenue from ATM and debit card usage.

Net gain on sales and calls of securities decreased $2.9 million, or 74.76%, due in part to a 22.79% decrease in the volume of sales of securities coupled with lower market values in 2013, compared to 2012, which resulted in lower gains recorded. During 2013, as part of our long-term investment planning, we sold investments to fund loans returning to investment levels closer to those held prior to our participation in Treasury capital programs. Net gain on sales of loans decreased $643 thousand, or 22.44%, as we sold $88.7 million of 1-4 family conventional mortgage loans into the secondary market during 2013, down $44.8 million from $133.5 million of loans sold during 2012. In addition to decreased volume, the rate valuation, and subsequent gains added to the reduction in overall revenue for the category. We also retained a higher portion of originated mortgage loans within our portfolio during 2013, resulting in balance sheet increases related to net originated loans of $78.4 million and $20.2 million of conventional real estate loans and commercial real estate loans, respectively, excluding increases due to the acquisitions of CFC and Charter Holding. Net gains on sales of OREO and fixed assets increased $155 thousand during 2013 as we recognized net gains of $5 thousand compared to a net loss of $150 thousand on other real estate and chattel property owned in 2012.

The remeasurement gain recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013, was a gain of $1.4 million related to the write-up of the Bank’s investment in Charter Holding at acquisition date from $4.8 million to the market value of $6.2 million. The market value was based on the purchase price paid to MVSB to assume its 50% ownership of Charter Holding on September 4, 2013. Income from equity interest in Charter Holding decreased $150 thousand to $294 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $444 thousand for the same period in 2012. As 100% owner of Charter Holding, effective September 4, 2013, the Bank will not record additional income from equity interest in Charter Holding going forward as future activity will be included in consolidated earnings as trust income and related expense categories. Trust income was $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, and represents trust income since September 4, 2013, when the Bank became 100% owner of Charter Holding.

Rental income increased $10 thousand, or 1.36%, as revenue within this category remained relatively unchanged. Bank-owned life insurance income increased $81 thousand to $626 thousand. Insurance commissions increased $152 thousand to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $1.3 million in 2012.

Total noninterest expenses increased $7.5 million, or 25.23%, to $37.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $29.5 million for the same period in 2012. Salaries and employee benefits increased $4.2 million, or 27.94%, to $19.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $15.0 million for the same

48

period in 2012. Gross salaries and benefits paid, which exclude the deferral of expenses associated with the origination of loans, increased $4.0 million, or 23.25%, to $21.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $17.2 million for the same period in 2012. Gross salaries increased $3.7 million, or 29.83%, to $16.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the same period in 2012. In addition to ordinary staffing additions, salary expenses related to Charter Trust operations accounted for approximately $1.1 million, or 41.72% of the increase, while staffing related to a full year of TNB salaries amounted to approximately $979 thousand, and RNB salaries since acquisition date of October 25, 2013 added approximately $373 thousand to the overall expense. Average full time equivalents increased to 360 at December 31, 2013, compared to 278 at December 31, 2012; this change reflects the impact of additional staff from CFC and Charter Holding. Benefits costs increased $1.3 million. This increase includes increases of $292 thousand related to retirement costs and $233 thousand in health insurance costs. The deferral of expenses associated with the origination of loans decreased $247 thousand, or 11.14%, to $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $2.2 million for the same period in 2012. This deferral represents salary and employee benefits expenses associated with origination costs which are recognized over the life of the loan. The decrease is a direct result of the change in the volume of loan origination year over year.

Occupancy and equipment expenses increased $852 thousand, or 23.35%, to $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $3.6 million for the same period in 2012, due primarily to a higher number of locations during 2013 including TNB, RNB and Charter Holding locations assumed and the opening of a second location in Nashua, New Hampshire. Advertising and promotion increased $181 thousand, or 37.63%, to $662 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $481 thousand for the same period in 2012, due primarily to increases in promotions related to the acquisition of RNB, an increase in print advertising of $51 thousand, and the additional marketing expense at Charter Holding of $75 thousand for approximately four months of their operations. Depositors’ insurance decreased $26 thousand to $776 thousand at December 31, 2013, compared to $802 thousand at December 31, 2013, due primarily to modifications made by the FDIC to the risk-based assessment model and calculation which resulted in lower assessment rates during 2013 despite an overall increase in assessed deposits.

Professional fees increased $57 thousand, or 4.75%, to $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $1.2 million for the same period in 2012, reflecting among other things increased legal expenses and consulting fees including $30 thousand related to Charter Holding operations, offset in part by a decrease in audit expenses. Data processing and outside services fees increased $276 thousand, or 24.70%, to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012 due to increases in core processing, online banking, and collection expenses offset in part by decreases in correspondent expenses as well as expenses associated with the overdraft protection program. ATM processing fees increased $132 thousand, or 26.53%, to $630 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $498 thousand for the same period in 2012 which is consistent with the impact increased volume had within customer service fees. Net amortization (benefit) of mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) and mortgage servicing income increased $132 thousand to a net benefit of $40 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2013, from a net amortization of $92 thousand for the same period in 2012.

Merger related expenses increased $453 thousand, or 38.78%, to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $1.2 million for the same period in 2012. These expenses reflect the non-deductible legal and investment banking expenses recorded by us related to the acquisition of CFC that are not qualified tax deductions. As a result, the impact of these expenses was a reduction to net income of $792 thousand with no offsetting tax benefit. Other merger related expenses included $827 thousand of system conversion and other operations related expenses related to the conversion and integrations of CFC and Charter Holding.

Amortization of customer list intangibles increased $164 thousand with the addition of the customer list intangible from Charter Holding and amortization of core deposit intangibles increased $411 thousand with the addition of the core deposit intangible from CFC.

49

Other expenses increased $759 thousand, or 18.88%, to $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $4.0 million compared to the same period in 2012. This includes the addition of $462 thousand of other expenses related to the operations of Charter Holding since September 4, 2013. In the fourth quarter of 2013, we recorded an off-balance sheet loss provision of $140 thousand related to an identified liability under our seller’s agreement with to Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp. requiring us to repurchase bad debt under certain circumstances.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31 includes net deferred income tax expense of $592 thousand in 2013, $479 thousand in 2012, and $791 thousand in 2011. These amounts were determined by the asset and liability method in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for each year.

We have provided deferred income taxes on the difference between the provision for loan losses permitted for income tax purposes and the provision recorded for financial reporting purposes.

Capital Securities

On March 30, 2004, NHTB Capital Trust II (“Trust II”), a Connecticut statutory trust formed by us, completed the sale of $10.0 million of Floating Capital Securities, adjustable every three months at LIBOR plus 2.79% (“Capital Securities II”). Trust II also issued common securities to us and used the net proceeds from the offering to purchase a like amount of our Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (“Debentures II”). Debentures II are the sole assets of Trust II. Total expenses associated with the offering of $160 thousand are included in other assets and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of Debentures II.

Capital Securities II accrue and pay distributions quarterly based on the stated liquidation amount of $10 per capital security. We have fully and unconditionally guaranteed all of the obligations of Trust II. The guaranty covers the quarterly distributions and payments on liquidation or redemption of Capital Securities II, but only to the extent that Trust II has funds necessary to make these payments.

Capital Securities II are mandatorily redeemable upon the maturing of Debentures II on March 30, 2034, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the Indenture. We have the right to redeem Debentures II, in whole or in part, at the liquidation amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date.

On March 30, 2004, NHTB Capital Trust III (“Trust III”), a Connecticut statutory trust formed by us, completed the sale of $10.0 million of 6.06% 5 Year Fixed-Floating Capital Securities (“Capital Securities III”). Trust III also issued common securities to us and used the net proceeds from the offering to purchase a like amount of our 6.06% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (“Debentures III”). Debentures III are the sole assets of Trust III. Total expenses associated with the offering of $160 thousand are included in other assets and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of Debentures III.

Capital Securities III accrue and pay distributions quarterly at an annual rate of 6.06% for the first 5 years of the stated liquidation amount of $10 per capital security. We have fully and unconditionally guaranteed all of the obligations of Trust III. The guaranty covers the quarterly distributions and payments on liquidation or redemption of Capital Securities III, but only to the extent that Trust III has funds necessary to make these payments.

Capital Securities III are mandatorily redeemable upon the maturing of Debentures III on March 30, 2034, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the Indenture. We have the right to redeem Debentures III, in whole or in part, at the liquidation amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date.

50

Contractual Obligations

A summary of lease obligations, borrowings and credit commitments at December 31, 2014 is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)	Within 1 Year		After 1 year but within 3 years		After 3 years but within 5 years		After 5 years		Total
Lease obligations
Operating leases	$	655	$	1,025	$	744	$	590	$	3,014
Borrowings and other debt
Federal Home Loan Bank advances	$	95,992	$	15,000	$	30,000	$	—	$	140,992
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		16,756		—		—		—		16,756
Subordinated debentures		—		—		—		37,620		37,620
Total borrowings and other debt		112,748		15,000		30,000		37,620		195,368
Credit commitments
Available lines of credit and unadvanced construction loans	$	28,148	$	18,393	$	12,014	$	73,906	$	132,461
Commitments to extend credit		25,503		—		—		—		25,503
Letters of credit		972		110		64		—		1,146
Total credit commitments		54,623		18,503		12,078		73,906		159,110
Total	$	168,026	$	34,528	$	42,822	$	112,116	$	357,492

Interest Rate Swap

On May 1, 2008, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement with PNC Bank, effective on June 17, 2008. The interest rate agreement converted Trust II’s interest rate from a floating rate to a fixed-rate basis. The interest rate swap agreement had a notional amount of $10.0 million and matured on June 17, 2013. Under the swap agreement, we received quarterly interest payments at a floating rate based on three month LIBOR plus 2.79% and were obligated to make quarterly interest payments at a fixed-rate of 6.65%.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity

The term “liquidity” refers to our ability to generate adequate amounts of cash to fund loan originations, loan purchases, deposit withdrawals and operating expenses. At year-end 2014, our liquidity was sufficient to cover our anticipated needs for funding new loan commitments of approximately $25.5 million. Our source of funds is derived primarily from net deposit inflows, loan amortizations, principal pay downs from loans, sold loan proceeds, and advances from the FHLBB. At December 31, 2014, we had approximately $214.0 million in additional borrowing capacity from the FHLBB.

At December 31, 2014, stockholders’ equity totaled $139.8 million compared to $149.3 million at December 31, 2013. The decrease of $9.4 million primarily reflects the redemption of $15.0 million of preferred stock, net income of $10.0 million, the payout of $4.3 million in common stock dividends, $230 thousand in preferred stock dividends declared, other comprehensive loss in the amount of $442 thousand, $135 thousand for vesting of restricted stock awards, $263 thousand for stock issued under the dividend reinvestment plan, and $94 thousand from the exercise of stock options.

At December 31, 2014, we had unrestricted funds in the amount of $3.1 million. Our total cash needs during 2015 are estimated to be approximately $6.7 million with $4.1 million projected to be used to pay cash dividends on our common stock, $600 thousand to pay interest on our capital securities, $1.1 million to pay interest on our

51

subordinated debenture, $80 thousand to pay dividends on our Series B Preferred Stock, and approximately $800 thousand for ordinary operating expenses. The Bank pays dividends to the Company as its sole stockholder, within guidelines set forth by the OCC and the FRB. Since the Bank is well capitalized and has capital in excess of regulatory requirements, it is anticipated that funds will be available to cover additional cash requirements for 2015 as long as earnings at the Bank are sufficient to maintain adequate Tier I capital.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $11.2 million for 2014 compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $20.5 million in 2013. The change includes a decrease in the amount of $57 thousand in provision for loan losses, a decrease in gains on sales and calls of securities of $14 thousand, a decrease in amortization of securities, net, of $351 thousand, a change in mortgage servicing rights of $835 thousand, an increase in the amortization of intangible assets of $688 thousand, a change in the activity of loans held-for sale of $12.6 million, an increase of $16 thousand in impairment losses on OREO, an increase in the change in accrued interest receivable and other assets of $388 thousand, and a change of $4.0 million in the decrease in accrued expenses and other liabilities.

Net cash flows used in investing activities totaled $63.8 million in 2014, compared to net cash flows used in investing activities of $2.0 million in 2013, a change of $61.8 million as we utilized investment cash flows and sales to fund loan originations. During 2014, net cash used by loan originations and net principal collections decreased by $29.7 million while our loans held in portfolio increased, and cash provided by sales of securities available-for-sale decreased by $29 thousand.

Net cash flows provided by financing activities totaled $70.0 million in 2014, compared to net cash flows used in financing activities of $24.1 million in 2013, a change of $94.2 million. Net cash provided by deposits decreased $75.2 million. Net cash used in repayment of advances from FHLBB decreased $40.3 million as we increased our advances outstanding compared to a decrease in advances outstanding during 2013. Net cash provided by the repurchased agreements decreased $21.8 million during 2014.

We expect to be able to fund loan demand and other investing activities during 2014 by continuing to utilize the FHLBB’s advance program and cash flows from securities and loans. On December 31, 2014, approximately $25.5 million in commitments to fund loans had been made. Management is not aware of any trends, events, or uncertainties that will have, or that are reasonably likely to have, a material effect on our liquidity, capital resources or results of operations.

U.S. Treasury’s SBLF Program

On August 25, 2011, as part of the SBLF program, we entered into a Purchase Agreement with Treasury pursuant to which we issued and sold to the U.S. Department of Treasury (“Treasury”) 20,000 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock. We used $10.0 million of the SBLF proceeds to repurchase the Series A Preferred Stock previously issued under Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program. With the acquisition of TNB in 2013, we assumed $3.0 million of preferred stock issued to Treasury. We used a portion of the net proceeds from the sale of the subordinated notes (as discussed below) to redeem a portion of our outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had 8,000 shares and 23,000 shares, respectively, of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, par value $0.01 per preferred share, issued and outstanding to the Treasury.

The initial rate payable on SBLF capital is, at most, 5%, and the rate falls to 1% if a bank’s small business lending increases by 10% or more. Banks that increase their lending by less than 10% pay rates between 2% and 4%. If a bank’s lending does not increase in the first two years, however, the rate increases to 7%, and after 4.5 years total, the rate for all banks increases to 9% (if the bank has not already repaid the SBLF funding). The dividend will be paid only when declared by our Board of Directors.

52

Subordinated Notes

On October 29, 2014, we entered into a Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement with certain accredited investors under which we issued an aggregate of $17.0 million of subordinated notes to the accredited investors. The Notes have a maturity date of November 1, 2024, and bear interest at a fixed rate of 6.75% per annum. We may, at our option, beginning with the interest payment date of November 1, 2019, and on any interest payment date thereafter, redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at par plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. Any partial redemption will be made pro rata among all of the noteholders. The notes are not subject to repayment at the option of the noteholders. The notes are unsecured, subordinated obligations of the Company and rank junior in right of payment to our senior indebtedness and to our obligations to our general creditors.

The notes are intended to qualify as Tier 2 capital for regulatory purposes. We used a portion of the net proceeds from the sale of the notes to redeem a portion of our Series B Preferred Stock and we plan to use the remainder of the net proceeds for general corporate purposes. The notes were offered and sold in reliance on the exemptions from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Rule 506 of Regulation D thereunder.

Capital Ratios

Consistent with its goal to operate a sound and profitable financial institution, we actively seek to maintain a “well-capitalized” institution in accordance with regulatory standards. The OCC requires that the Bank maintain tangible, core, and total risk-based capital ratios of 1.50%, 4.00% (or 3.00% under certain conditions), and 8.00%, respectively. At December 31, 2014, the Bank’s ratios were 8.43%, 8.43%, and 13.28%, respectively, well in excess of the OCC requirements for well capitalized banks. Additional information on these requirements can be found under the section entitled “Regulation” located elsewhere in this report.

Tangible Book Value

Book value per common share was $15.97 at December 31, 2014, compared to $15.37 per common share at December 31, 2013. Tangible book value per common share was $9.44 at December 31, 2014 compared to $8.59 at December 31, 2013. Tangible book value per common share is a non-GAAP financial measure. Tangible book value per common share is calculated by dividing tangible common equity by the total number of shares outstanding at a point in time. Tangible common equity is calculated by excluding the balance of goodwill, other intangible assets and preferred stock from the calculation of stockholders’ equity. We believe that tangible book value per common share provides information to investors that is useful in understanding our financial condition. Because not all companies use the same calculation of tangible common equity and tangible book value per common share, this presentation may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures calculated by other companies.

A reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures is provided below:

(Dollars in thousands)	December 31, 2014		December 31, 2013
Stockholders’ equity	$	139,836	$	149,257
Less goodwill		44,576		44,632
Less other intangible assets		9,332		11,020
Less preferred stock		8,000		23,000
Tangible common equity	$	77,928	$	70,605
Ending common shares outstanding		8,258,031		8,216,747
Tangible book value per common share	$	9.44	$	8.59

53

Stock Repurchase Plan

The Board of Directors has determined that a share buyback is appropriate to enhance stockholder value because such repurchases generally increase earnings per common share, return on average assets and on average equity; three performing benchmarks against which bank and thrift holding companies are measured. On June 12, 2007, the Board of Directors reactivated a previously adopted but incomplete stock repurchase program to repurchase up to 253,776 shares of common stock. We buy stock in the open market whenever the price of the stock is deemed reasonable and we have funds available for the purchase. At December 31, 2014, 148,088 shares remained to be repurchased under the plan. During 2014, no shares were repurchased.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We are a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers. These financial instruments include commitments to originate loans, standby letters of credit and unadvanced funds on loans. The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheets. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement we have in particular classes of financial instruments. Further detail on the financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk to which we are a party is contained in Note 21 to our Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this report.

Impact of Inflation

The financial statements and related data presented elsewhere herein are prepared in accordance with GAAP, which require the measurement of our financial position and operating results generally in terms of historical dollars and current market value, for certain loans and investments, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of operations.

Unlike other companies, nearly all of the assets and liabilities of a bank are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a far greater impact on a bank’s performance than the effects of the general level of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the price of goods and services, since such prices are affected by inflation. Liquidity and the maturity structure of our assets and liabilities are important to the maintenance of acceptable performance levels.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Asset-Liability Management

Market risk and interest rate risk management is governed by the Asset/Liability Committee (“ALCO”). The ALCO establishes exposure limits that define our tolerance for interest rate risk. The ALCO manages the composition of the balance sheet over a range of potential fluctuations in interest rates while responding, as appropriate, to market demand for loan and deposit products. Current exposures versus limits are reported to the Board of Directors at least quarterly. The policy limits and guidelines serve as benchmarks for measuring interest rate risk and for providing a framework for evaluation and interest rate risk-management decision-making.

Market Risk

Market risk is the risk that the market value or estimated fair value of our assets, liabilities, and derivative financial instruments will decline as a result of changes in interest rates or financial market volatility, or that our net income will be significantly reduced by interest rate changes.

54

Interest Rate Risk

The principal market risk facing us is interest rate risk, which may include repricing risk, yield-curve risk, basis risk, and prepayment risk. Repricing risk exists when the change in the average yield of either interest-earning assets or interest-bearing liabilities is more sensitive than the other to changes in market interest rates. A change in sensitivity could reflect an imbalance in the repricing opportunities of our assets and liabilities. Yield curve risk reflects the possibility that the changes in the shape of the yield curve could have different effects on our assets and liabilities. Basis risk exists when different parts of the balance sheet are subject to varying base rates reflecting the possibility that the spread from those base rates will deviate. Prepayment risk is associated with financial instruments with an option to prepay before the stated maturity often at a time of disadvantage to the person selling the option; this risk is most often associated with the prepayment of loans, callable investments, and callable borrowings.

Interest rate risk can be measured by analyzing the extent to which the repricing of assets and liabilities is mismatched to create an interest rate sensitivity gap. An asset or liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific period if it will mature or reprice within that period. The interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between the amount of interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a specific time period and the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within that same time period. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate-sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate-sensitive liabilities. A gap is considered negative when the amount of interest rate-sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest rate-sensitive assets. During a period of falling interest rates, therefore, a positive gap would tend to adversely affect net interest income. Conversely, during a period of rising interest rates, a positive gap position would tend to result in an increase in net interest income.

Income simulation is the primary tool for measuring the interest rate risk inherent in our balance sheet at a given point in time by showing the effect on net interest income, over a 12-month period, of a variety of interest rate shocks. These simulations take into account repricing, maturity and prepayment characteristics of individual products. The ALCO reviews simulation results to determine whether the exposure resulting from changes in market interest rates remains within established tolerance levels over a 12-month horizon, and develops appropriate strategies to manage this exposure.

Our one-year cumulative interest-rate gap at December 31, 2014 was negative 2.34% compared to the December 31, 2013 gap of positive 0.58%. At December 31, 2014, repricing assets over the next 12 months were $31.5 million less than repricing liabilities for the same period compared to $7.4 million more repricing assets than repricing liabilities at December 31, 2013. The change in our interest rate gap position is due, in part, to our decision to replace a portion of maturing advances with short-term advances coupled with the addition of $20.0 million of short-term advances to the outstanding advances. At December 31, 2014, our advance portfolio included $96.0 million of advances maturing within one year compared to $70.8 million at December 31, 2013. With a liability sensitive positive gap, if rates were to rise, net interest margin would likely decrease and if rates were to fall, the net interest margin would likely increase.

As another part of interest rate risk analysis, we use an interest rate sensitivity model, which generates estimates of the change in our economic value of equity (“EVE”) over a range of interest rate scenarios. EVE is the present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts. The EVE ratio, under any rate scenario, is defined as the EVE in that scenario divided by the market value of assets in the same scenario. Modeling changes require making certain assumptions, which may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to the changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the EVE model assumes that the composition of our interest sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remain constant over the period being measured and that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve. Accordingly, although the EVE measurements and net interest income models provide an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market rates on our net interest income and will likely differ from actual results.

55

The following table sets forth our EVE at December 31, 2014, as calculated by an independent third party agent:

Change	Net Portfolio Value								EVE as % of PV Assets
in Rates	$ Amount		$ Change			% Change			EVE Ratio			Change
	(Dollars in thousands)
+400 bp	$	94,103	$	(42,884	)		-31.31	%		7.22	%		-228bp
+300 bp		104,777		(32,210	)		-23.51	%		7.85	%		-165bp
+200 bp		115,711		(21,276	)		-15.53	%		8.46	%		-104bp
+100 bp		126,787		(10,200	)		-7.44	%		9.03	%		-47bp
0 bp		136,987		—			—			9.50	%		—
-100 bp		132,284		(4,703	)		-3.43	%		8.99	%		-51bp

The following table shows our interest rate sensitivity (gap) table at December 31, 2014:

	0-3 Months			3-6 Months			6 Months- 1 Year			1-3 Years			Beyond 3 Years			Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
Loans	$	197,495		$	93,054		$	153,544		$	328,053		$	434,699		$	1,206,845
Investments and overnight deposit		40,250			3,255			6,544			45,110			47,449			142,608
Total		237,745			96,309			160,088			373,163			482,148			1,349,453
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Deposits		267,022			65,540			59,736			91,554			668,862			1,152,714
Repurchase agreements		16,756			—			—			—			—			16,756
Borrowings		30,000			35,000			31,000			15,000			29,992			140,992
Subordinated Debt		20,620			—			—			—			17,000			37,620
Total		334,398			100,540			90,736			106,554			715,854			1,348,082
Period sensitivity gap		(96,653	)		(4,231	)		69,352			266,609			(233,706	)	$	1,371
Cumulative sensitivity gap	$	(96,653	)	$	(100,884	)	$	(31,532	)	$	235,077		$	1,371
Cumulative sensitivity gap as a percentage of interest-earning assets		-7.16	%		-7.48	%		-2.34	%		17.42	%		0.10	%		0.10	%

Item 8. Financial Statements

Our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes may be found beginning on page F-1 of this report.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, our President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file and submit under the

56

Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported as and when required, and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2014.

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

The attestation report of Shatswell, MacLeod & Company, P.C., our independent registered public accounting firm, regarding our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 is included on pages 58 and 59 of this report.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We regularly assess the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting and enhance our controls in response to internal control assessments and internal and external audit and regulatory recommendations. There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation that occurred during our last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or that is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

57

To the Board of Directors of

New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc.

Newport, New Hampshire

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We have audited New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013 version) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Report of Management’s Assessment of Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income,

58

changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2014 and our report dated March 16, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

SHATSWELL, MacLEOD & COMPANY, P.C.

West Peabody, Massachusetts

March 16, 2015

59

PART III.

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this Item 10 is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Information About Our Board of Directors,” “Information About Our Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors,” “Corporate Governance,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Corporate Governance—Code of Ethics,” “Corporate Governance—Committees of the Board—Nominating Committee” and “Corporate Governance—Committees of the Board—Audit Committee” in our Proxy Statement.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item 11 is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Executive Compensation,” “Director Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation Committee Report” in our Proxy Statement.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholders Matters

The information required by this Item 12 is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans” in our Proxy Statement.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item 13 is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Transactions with Related Persons” and “Corporate Governance—Board of Directors Independence” in our Proxy Statement.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this Item 14 is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Principal Accounting Fees and Services” in our Proxy Statement.

60

PART IV.

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

The financial statement schedules and exhibits filed as part of this form 10-K are as follows:

(a)(1) Financial Statements

Reference is made to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II hereof.

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

Consolidated financial statement schedules have been omitted because the required information is not present, or not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedules, or because the required information is provided in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

(a)(3) Exhibits

The exhibits required to be filed as part of the Annual Report on Form 10-K are listed in the Exhibit Index attached hereto and are incorporated herein by reference.

61

The Board of Directors

New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc.

Newport, New Hampshire

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (1992 version) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

SHATSWELL, MacLEOD & COMPANY, P.C.

West Peabody, Massachusetts

March 16, 2015

F-1

New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)

As of December 31,	2014			2013
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks	$	24,957		$	12,005
Interest-bearing deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank		26,163			21,573
Cash and cash equivalents		51,120			33,578
Interest-bearing time deposits with other banks		747			1,743
Securities available-for-sale		115,698			125,238
Federal Home Loan Bank stock		10,762			9,760
Loans held-for-sale		2,000			680
Loans receivable, net of the allowance for loan losses of $9.3 million as of December 31, 2014 and $9.8 million as of December 31, 2013		1,206,845			1,134,110
Accrued interest receivable		2,576			2,628
Premises and equipment, net		24,391			23,842
Investment in real estate		3,533			3,681
Other real estate owned		251			1,343
Goodwill		44,576			44,632
Intangible assets		9,332			11,020
Bank owned life insurance		20,187			19,544
Other assets		11,768			12,071
Total assets	$	1,503,786		$	1,423,870
LIABILITIES
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing	$	117,889		$	101,446
Interest-bearing		1,034,825			986,646
Total deposits		1,152,714			1,088,092
Federal Home Loan Bank advances		140,992			121,734
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		16,756			27,885
Subordinated debentures		37,620			20,620
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		15,868			16,282
Total liabilities		1,363,950			1,274,613
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Preferred stock, $.01 par value, per share: 2,500,000 shares authorized:
Series B, non-cumulative perpetual, 8,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 23,000 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013, liquidation value $1,000 per share		—			—
Common stock, $.01 par value: 10,000,000 shares authorized, 8,692,360 shares issued and 8,258,031 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 8,651,076 shares issued and 8,216,747 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013		87			87
Paid-in capital		86,561			100,961
Retained earnings		63,876			58,347
Unearned restricted stock awards		(598	)		(490	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(3,339	)		(2,897	)
Treasury stock, at cost, 434,329 shares as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013		(6,751	)		(6,751	)
Total stockholders’ equity		139,836			149,257
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	1,503,786		$	1,423,870

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-2

New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income

(Dollars in thousands, except for per share data)

For the years ended December 31,	2014		2013		2012
INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME
Interest and fees on loans	$	46,647	$	38,034	$	32,542
Interest on debt securities:
Taxable		1,362		1,333		3,223
Dividends		165		52		62
Other		554		857		594
Total interest and dividend income		48,728		40,276		36,421
INTEREST EXPENSE
Interest on deposits		4,464		4,055		4,381
Interest on advances and other borrowed money		1,417		1,585		1,944
Interest on debentures		855		806		1,027
Interest on securities sold under agreements to repurchase		63		51		47
Total interest expense		6,799		6,497		7,399
Net interest and dividend income		41,929		33,779		29,022
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES		905		962		2,705
Net interest and dividend income after provision for loan losses		41,024		32,817		26,317
NONINTEREST INCOME
Customer service fees		6,057		5,239		5,067
Net gain on sales and calls of securities		950		964		3,819
Mortgage banking activities		870		2,264		2,775
Net gain (loss) on sales of other real estate owned, other assets and fixed assets		181		5		(150	)
Remeasurement gain of equity interest in Charter Holding Corp.		—		1,369		—
Rental income		717		746		736
Realized gain in Charter Holding Corp.		—		294		444
Bank owned life insurance income		635		626		545
Trust and management fees		8,340		2,741		—
Insurance commissions		1,476		1,467		1,315
Total noninterest income		19,226		15,715		14,551
NONINTEREST EXPENSES
Salaries and employee benefits		25,037		19,206		15,022
Occupancy and equipment expenses		5,616		4,500		3,648
Depositors’ insurance		994		776		802
Professional services		1,254		1,265		1,208
Data processing and outside services fees		2,455		1,393		1,117
ATM processing fees		843		630		498
Telephone expense		1,087		706		664
Supplies		568		454		373
Advertising and promotion		912		662		481
Merger related expense		—		1,620		1,167
Amortization of intangible assets		1,688		1,000		425
Other expenses		6,192		4,779		4,020
Total noninterest expenses		46,646		36,991		29,425
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES		13,604		11,541		11,443
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES		3,564		3,127		3,684
NET INCOME	$	10,040	$	8,414	$	7,759
NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS	$	9,810	$	8,098	$	7,093
Earnings per common share	$	1.19	$	1.11	$	1.20
Earnings per common share, assuming dilution	$	1.19	$	1.11	$	1.20
Dividends declared per common share	$	0.52	$	0.52	$	0.52

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(Dollars in thousands)

For the years ended December 31,	2014			2013			2012
Net income	$	10,040		$	8,414		$	7,759
Net change in unrealized gain/loss on available-for-sale securities, net of tax effect		857			(2,382	)		(530	)
Net change in unrecognized pension plan costs, net of tax effect		(1,299	)		860			(217	)
Net change in derivatives, net of tax effect		—			101			182
Net change in unrealized gain/loss on equity investment, net of tax effect		—			(32	)		8
Comprehensive income	$	9,598		$	6,961		$	7,202

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

(Dollars in thousands)

For the years ended December 31,	2014			2013			2012
PREFERRED STOCK
Balance, beginning of year	$	—		$	—		$	—
Issuance of preferred stock		—			—			—
Redemption of preferred stock		—			—			—
Balance, end of year	$	—		$	—		$	—
COMMON STOCK
Balance, beginning of year	$	87		$	75		$	63
Issuance of common shares		—			—			12
Acquisition of Central Financial Corporation		—			11			—
Exercise of stock options (7,000 in 2014, 103,400 in 2013, and 40,042 in 2012)		—			1			—
Balance, end of year	$	87		$	87		$	75
WARRANTS
Balance, beginning of year	$	—		$	—		$	85
Repurchase of warrants		—			—			(85	)
Balance, end of year	$	—		$	—		$	—
PAID-IN CAPITAL
Balance, beginning of year	$	100,961		$	83,977		$	66,658
Increase on issuance of common stock from the exercise of stock options		92			513			365
Tax benefit for stock options and awards		2			30			25
Issuance of common stock from dividend reinvestment plan		263			202			—
Shares surrendered to treasury stock		—			265
Restricted stock awards, issued from treasury stock, net		—			—			(104	)
Restricted stock awards issued		243			—			—
Acquisition of Central Financial Corporation		—			15,974
Acquisition of McCrillis & Eldredge Insurance		—			—			53
Acquisition of The Nashua Bank		—			—			14,632
Repurchase of warrants		—			—			(652	)
Assumption of preferred stock		—			—			3,000
Redemption of preferred stock		(15,000	)		—			—
Balance, end of year	$	86,561		$	100,961		$	83,977
RETAINED EARNINGS
Balance, beginning of year	$	58,347		$	53,933		$	49,892
Net income		10,040			8,414			7,759
Cash dividends declared, preferred stock		(230	)		(316	)		(666	)
Cash dividends paid, common stock		(4,281	)		(3,684	)		(3,052	)
Balance, end of year	$	63,876		$	58,347		$	53,933
UNEARNED RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS
Balance, beginning of year	$	(490	)	$	(377	)	$	—
Shares awarded (16,500 in 2014, 14,500 in 2013, and 35,000 in 2012)		(243	)		(189	)		(440	)
Shares forfeited (no shares in 2014 and 2013, 5,000 in 2012)		—			—			63
Shares vested (10,400 in 2014, 6,000 in 2013, and no shares in 2012)		135			76			—
Balance, end of year	$	(598	)	$	(490	)	$	(377	)
ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
Balance, beginning of year	$	(2,897	)	$	(1,444	)	$	(887	)
Net change in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax effect		(442	)		(1,453	)		(557	)
Balance, end of year	$	(3,339	)	$	(2,897	)	$	(1,444	)
TREASURY STOCK
Balance, beginning of year	$	(6,751	)	$	(6,670	)	$	(7,151	)
Issuance of restricted stock awards (no shares in 2014, 14,500 shares in 2013, and 35,000 shares in 2012)		—			189			544
Surrender of outstanding shares (no shares in 2014, 18,854 shares in 2013, no shares in 2012)		—			(270	)		—
Shares repurchased (no shares in 2014 and 2013, 5,000 shares in 2012)		—			—			(63	)
Balance, end of year	$	(6,751	)	$	(6,751	)	$	(6,670	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Dollars in thousands)

For the years ended December 31,	2014			2013			2012
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	10,040		$	8,414		$	7,759
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		2,396			1,806			1,431
Net decrease (increase) in mortgage servicing rights		303			(532	)		(337	)
Amortization of securities, net		430			781			1,038
Amortization of deferred expenses relating to issuance of capital securities and subordinated debentures		20			11			11
Amortization (accretion) of fair value adjustments, net (loans, deposits and borrowings)		304			(761	)		122
Amortization of intangible assets		1,688			1,000			425
Net (increase) decrease in loans held-for-sale		(1,320	)		11,303			(8,549	)
Net gain on sales of premises, equipment, investment in real estate, other real estate owned and other assets		(197	)		(6	)		(40	)
Impairment losses on other real estate owned		16			—			183
Net gain on sales and calls of securities		(950	)		(964	)		(3,819	)
Remeasurement gain in equity interest of Charter Holding Corp.		—			(1,369	)		—
Equity in gain of partially owned Charter Holding Corp.		—			(294	)		(444	)
Provision for loan losses		905			962			2,705
Deferred tax expense		1,154			592			479
Tax benefit for stock options and awards		(2	)		(30	)		(25	)
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance		(635	)		(626	)		(545	)
Decrease in accrued interest receivable and other assets		414			26			1,082
Change in deferred loan origination costs, net		(424	)		(921	)		(1,118	)
(Decrease) increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities		(2,902	)		1,091			713
Net cash provided by operating activities		11,240			20,483			1,071
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures—investment in real estate		—			(5	)		(503	)
Capital expenditures—software		(141	)		(286	)		(70	)
Capital expenditures—premises and equipment		(2,670	)		(4,312	)		(1,297	)
Purchases of interest-bearing time deposits with other banks		(747	)		—			(250	)
Maturities of interest-bearing time deposits with other banks		1,743			499
Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale		125,802			125,773			194,347
Purchases of securities available-for-sale		(204,318	)		(124,587	)		(223,664	)
Proceeds from maturities of securities available-for-sale		89,993			89,312			50,022
Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock		1,373			213			119
Purchases of Federal Home Loan Bank stock		(2,375	)		—			(1,627	)
Capital distribution—Charter Holding Corp., at equity		—			340			438
Loan originations and principal collections, net		(64,821	)		(94,515	)		(96,888	)
Purchases of loans		(9,702	)		(10,479	)		(4,799	)
Recoveries of loans previously charged off		485			848			596
Proceeds from sales of premises, equipment, investment in real estate, other real estate and other assets		1,673			874			1,409
Investment in bank owned life insurance		—			—			(5,000	)
Cash paid to acquire Charter Holding Corporation, net		—			(3,105	)		—
Cash and cash equivalents acquired from The Nashua Bank, net of expenses and cash paid		—			—			(1,623	)
Cash and cash equivalents acquired from Central Financial Corporation, net of expenses and cash paid		—			17,512			—
Premiums paid on life insurance policies		(8	)		(13	)		(13	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(63,713	)		(1,931	)		(88,803	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

For the years ended December 31,	2014			2013			2012
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net increase in demand deposits, savings and NOW accounts		62,032			19,985			64,159
Net increase (decrease) in time deposits		2,636			(30,531	)		(16,320	)
Increase (decrease) in short-term advances from Federal Home Loan Bank		35,000			(15,000	)		15,000
Principal advances from Federal Home Loan Bank		40,000			45,000			45,000
Repayment of advances from Federal Home Loan Bank		(55,750	)		(51,000	)		—
Repayment of other borrowed funds		—			—			(543	)
Net (decrease) increase in repurchase agreements		(11,129	)		10,664			(895	)
Issuance of common stock from dividend reinvestment plan		109			202			—
Redemption of stock warrants		—			—			(737	)
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debentures, net of issuance costs		16,380			—			—
Redemption of preferred stock		(15,000	)		—			—
Dividends paid on preferred stock		(230	)		(316	)		(848	)
Dividends paid on common stock		(4,127	)		(3,684	)		(3,052	)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options	��	92			514			365
Tax benefit for stock options and awards		2			30			25
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		70,015			(24,136	)		102,154
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS		17,542			(5,584	)		14,422
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year		33,578			39,162			24,740
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year	$	51,120		$	33,578		$	39,162
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Interest paid	$	6,610		$	6,588		$	7,396
Income taxes paid	$	3,963		$	2,902		$	3,633
Loans transferred to other real estate owned	$	838		$	330		$	547
Loans originated from sales of other real estate owned	$	496		$	—		$	237
Goodwill adjustments, net	$	56		$	41			—

	2013				2012
	Central Financial Corporation		Charter Holding Corporation		The Nashua Bank
Acquisitions:
Cash and cash equivalents acquired	$	17,512	$	3,095	$	2,790
Interest-bearing time deposits with other banks		1,992		—		—
Available-for-sale securities		6,494		633		20,852
Federal Home Loan Bank stock		467		—		383
Net loans acquired		127,721		—		88,203
Premises and equipment acquired		2,532		1,365		729
Investment in real estate		—		—		249
Other real estate owned		1,477		—		—
Accrued interest receivable		23		—		375
Other assets acquired		1,646		1,411		95
Customer list intangible		—		4,036		—
Core deposit intangible		4,568		—		2,086
		164,432		10,540		115,762
Deposits assumed		149,684		—		98,479
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings assumed		2,602		—		1,754
Other liabilities assumed		791		1,107		897
		153,077		1,107		101,130
Net assets acquired		11,355		9,433		14,632
Merger costs		15,985		12,400		21,378
Goodwill	$	4,630	$	2,967	$	6,746

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

NOTE 1. Summary of significant accounting policies:

Nature of operations—New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) is a savings and loan holding company headquartered in Newport, New Hampshire. The Company’s subsidiary, Lake Sunapee Bank, fsb (the “Bank”), a federal stock savings bank, operates 36 branches in Chester, Grafton, Hillsborough, Merrimack and Sullivan counties in New Hampshire and Rutland, Windsor and Orange counties in Vermont. Although the Company has a diversified portfolio, a substantial portion of its debtors’ abilities to honor their contracts is dependent on the economic health of the regions. The Company’s primary source of revenue is providing loans to customers who are predominately small and middle-market businesses and individuals.

Use of estimates in the preparation of financial statements—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change are the determination of the allowance for loan losses, fair values of investments securities, goodwill and intangibles and income taxes.

Principles of consolidation—The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, the Bank, Lake Sunapee Group, Inc. (“LSGI”), which owns and maintains all buildings and investment properties; Lake Sunapee Financial Services Corp. (“LSFSC”), which sells brokerage securities and insurance products to customers; McCrillis & Eldredge Insurance, Inc. (“MEI”), a full-line independent insurance agency acquired in 2011, which offers a complete range of commercial insurance services and consumer products; and Charter Holding Corp. (“CHC”), which wholly owns Charter Trust Company (“CTC”), a trust services and wealth management company. LSGI, LSFSC, MEI, and CHC are wholly owned subsidiaries of the Bank. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

NHTB Capital Trust II and NHTB Capital Trust III, affiliates of the Company, were formed to sell capital securities to the public through a third party trust pool. In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810-10, “Consolidation—Overall,” these subsidiaries have not been included in the consolidated financial statements.

Cash and cash equivalents—For purposes of reporting cash flows, the Company considers cash and due from banks and Federal Reserve Bank interest-bearing deposit to be cash equivalents. Cash and due from banks as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 includes $11.4 million and $7.3 million, respectively, which is subject to withdrawal and usage restrictions to satisfy the reserve requirements of the Federal Reserve Bank.

Securities available-for-sale—Available-for-sale securities consist of bonds, notes, debentures, and certain equity securities. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of tax, on available-for-sale securities are reported as a net amount in a separate component of stockholders’ equity until realized. Gains and losses on the sale of available-for-sale securities are determined using the specific-identification method.

Securities held-to-maturity—Bonds, notes and debentures which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are reported at cost, adjusted for premiums and discounts recognized in interest income using the interest method over the period to maturity. For any debt security with a fair value less than its amortized cost basis, the Company will determine whether it has the intent to sell the debt security or whether it is more likely than not it will be required to sell the debt security before the recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either condition is met, the Company will recognize a full impairment charge to earnings. For all other debt securities that are considered other-than-temporarily impaired and do not meet either condition, the credit loss portion of impairment will be recognized in earnings as realized losses. The other-than-temporary impairment related to all other factors will be recorded in other comprehensive income.

F-8

Declines in marketable equity securities below their cost that are deemed other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses.

Securities held for trading—Trading securities are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets. Unrealized holding gains and losses for trading securities are included in earnings.

Federal Home Loan Bank stock—As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”), the Company is required to invest in $100 par value stock of the FHLB. The FHLB capital structure mandates that members must own stock as determined by their Total Stock Investment Requirement which is the sum of a member’s Membership Stock Investment Requirement and Activity-Based Stock Investment Requirement. The Membership Stock Investment Requirement is calculated as 0.35% of a member’s Stock Investment Base, subject to a minimum investment of $10,000 and a maximum investment of $25,000,000. The Stock Investment Base is an amount calculated based on certain assets held by a member that are reflected on call reports submitted to applicable regulatory authorities. The Activity-Based Stock Investment Requirement is calculated as 3.0% for overnight advances, 4.0% for FHLB advances with original terms to maturity of two days to three months and 4.5% for other advances plus a percentage of advance commitments, 0.5% of standby letters of credit issued by the FHLB and 4.5% of the value of intermediated derivative contracts. Management evaluates the Company’s investment in FHLB stock for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such evaluation. Based on its most recent analysis of the FHLB as of December 31, 2014, management deems its investment in FHLB stock to be not other-than-temporarily impaired.

Investment in CHC—Through September 3, 2013, the Company owned a 50% interest in CHC with one other New Hampshire bank. On September 4, 2013, the Company purchased the other bank’s ownership interest. As a result, the Bank wholly owned CHC at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, and the accounts of CHC are included in the consolidated financial statements at said dates. Headquartered in Concord, New Hampshire, CHC provides trust and investment services from six offices across New Hampshire. Charter New England Agency, a subsidiary of CHC, provides life insurance, fixed and variable annuities and mutual fund products, in addition to full brokerage services.

The Bank used the equity method of accounting to account for its 50% ownership investment in CHC through September 3, 2013. An investor using the equity method initially records an investment at cost. Subsequently, the carrying amount of the investment is increased to reflect the investor’s share of income of the investee and is reduced to reflect the investor’s share of losses of the investee or dividends received from the investee. The investor’s share of the income or losses of the investee is included in the investor’s net income as the investee reports them. Adjustments similar to those made in preparing consolidated financial statements, such as elimination of intercompany gains and losses, also are applicable to the equity method.

Loans held-for-sale—Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated market value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. No losses have been recorded.

Nonaccrual loans—Residential real estate loans and consumer loans are placed on nonaccrual status when they become 90 days past due. Commercial loans are placed on nonaccrual status when they become 90 days past due or when it becomes probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due pursuant to the terms of the loan agreement. When a loan has been placed on nonaccrual status, previously accrued interest is reversed with a charge against interest income on loans. Interest received on nonaccrual loans is generally booked to interest income on a cash basis. Residential real estate loans and consumer loans generally are returned to accrual status when they are no longer over 90 days past due. Commercial loans are generally returned to accrual status when the collectability of principal and interest is reasonably assured.

Acquired loans—Acquired loans that have evidence of deterioration in credit quality since origination and for which it is probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments will not be collected are initially

F-9

recorded at fair value without recording an allowance for loan losses. Fair value of the loans is determined using market participant assumptions in estimating the amount and timing of both principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected, as adjusted for an estimate of future credit losses and prepayments, and then applying a market-based discount rate to those cash flows.

Under the accounting model for acquired loans, the excess of cash flows expected to be collected over the carrying amount of the loans, referred to as the “accretable yield,” is accreted into interest income over the life of the loans using the effective yield method. The difference between contractually required principal and interest payments and the cash flows expected to be collected, referred to as the “nonaccretable difference,” includes estimates of both the impact of prepayments and future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loan. As such, charge-offs on acquired loans are first applied to the nonaccretable difference and then to any allowance for loan losses recognized subsequent to acquisition.

Actual cash collections are monitored relative to management’s expectations and revised cash flow forecasts are prepared, as warranted. These revised forecasts involved updates, as necessary, of the key assumptions and estimates used in the initial estimate of fair value. Generally speaking, expected cash flows are affected by:

• Changes in the expected principal and interest payments over the estimated life—Updates to changes in expected cash flows are driven by the credit outlook and actions taken with borrowers. Changes in expected future cash flows resulting from loan modifications are included in the assessment of expected cash flows;

• Changes in prepayment assumptions—Prepayments affect the estimated lives of the loans which may change the amount of interest income, and possibly principal, expected to be collected; and

• Changes in interest rate indices for variable rate loans—Expected future cash flows are based, as applicable, on the variable rates in effect at the time of the assessment of expected cash flows.

Allowance for loan losses—The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

General component—The general component of the allowance for loan losses is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors stratified by the following loan segments: residential real estate, commercial real estate, construction, commercial and consumer. Management uses a rolling average of historical losses based on a time frame appropriate to capture relevant loss data for each loan segment. This historical loss factor is adjusted for the following qualitative factors: levels/trends in delinquencies; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of changes in risk selection and underwriting standards and other changes in lending policies, procedures and practices; experience/ability/depth of lending management and staff; concentration of credit risk and national and local economic trends and conditions. There were no significant changes in the Company’s policies or methodology pertaining to the general component of the allowance for loan losses during 2014.

The qualitative factors are determined based on the various risk characteristics of each loan segment. Risk characteristics relevant to each portfolio segment are as follows:

Residential real estate: The Bank generally does not originate loans with a loan-to-value ratio greater than 80 percent and does not grant subprime loans. All loans in this segment are collateralized by owner-occupied

F-10

residential real estate and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment. This segment also includes home equity loans.

Commercial real estate: Loans in this segment are primarily income-producing properties throughout New Hampshire and Vermont. The underlying cash flows generated by the properties are adversely impacted by a downturn in the economy as evidenced by increased vacancy rates which, in turn, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment. Management periodically obtains rent rolls and continually monitors the cash flows of these loans.

Construction loans: The Bank offers construction loan financing on one-to-four family owner occupied dwellings in the Bank’s local real estate market. Generally, the Bank makes construction loans up to 80% of value with terms of up to nine months. During the construction phase, inspections are made to assess construction progress and monitor the disbursement of loan proceeds. The Bank also offers a “one-step” construction loan, which provides construction and permanent financing with one loan closing. The “one-step” is provided under the same terms and conditions of the Bank’s conventional residential program.

Commercial loans: Loans in this segment are made to businesses and are generally secured by assets of the business. Repayment is expected from the cash flows of the business. A weakened economy, and resultant decreased consumer spending, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.

Consumer loans: Loans in this segment are unsecured or secured by collateral such as automobiles, boats and other recreational vehicles. Repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower.

Allocated component—The allocated component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial, commercial real estate and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. An allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value) of the impaired loan are lower than the carrying value of that loan. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Company does not separately identify individual consumer and residential real estate loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans meet certain criteria as outlined in the Company’s loan policy or are subject to a troubled debt restructuring agreement.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

The Company periodically may agree to modify the contractual terms of loans. When a loan is modified and a concession is made to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, the modification is considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). All TDRs are initially classified as impaired.

F-11

Unallocated component—An unallocated component may be maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating allocated and general reserves in the portfolio.

Deferred loan origination fees/costs—Loan origination fees, commitment fees and certain direct origination costs are deferred, and the net amount is amortized as an adjustment of the related loan’s yield. The Company amortizes these amounts over the contractual lives of the related loans.

Loan servicing—The Company recognizes as separate assets from their related loans the rights to service mortgage loans for others, either through acquisition of those rights or from the sale or securitization of loans with the servicing rights retained on those loans, based on their relative fair values. To determine the fair value of the servicing rights created, the Company uses the market prices under comparable servicing sale contracts, when available, or alternatively uses a valuation model that calculates the present value of future cash flows to determine the fair value of the servicing rights. In using this valuation method, the Company incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, which includes estimates of the cost of servicing loans, the discount rate, ancillary income, prepayment speeds and default rates.

Mortgage servicing rights are amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing revenues. Refinance activities are considered in estimating the period’s net servicing revenues. Impairment of mortgage servicing rights is assessed based on the fair value of those rights. Fair values are estimated using discounted cash flows based on a current market interest rate. For purposes of measuring impairment, the rights are stratified based on the interest rate risk characteristics of the underlying loans. The amount of impairment recognized is the amount by which the capitalized mortgage servicing rights for a stratum exceed their fair value.

Concentration of credit risk—Most of the Company’s business activity is with customers located within the states of New Hampshire and Vermont. There are no concentrations of credit to borrowers that have similar economic characteristics. The majority of the Company’s loan portfolio is composed of loans collateralized by real estate located in the states of New Hampshire and Vermont.

Premises and equipment—Company premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using straight-line and accelerated methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated lives are 5 to 40 years for buildings and premises and 3 to 15 years for furniture, fixtures and equipment. Expenditures for replacements or major improvements are capitalized and expenditures for normal maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Upon the sale or retirement of Company premises and equipment, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective accounts and any gain or loss is included in income.

Investment in real estate—Investment in real estate is carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value. The buildings are being depreciated over their useful lives. The properties consist of three buildings that the Company rents for commercial purposes. Rental income is recorded in income when received and expenses for maintaining these assets are charged to expense as incurred.

Real estate owned and property acquired in settlement of loans—The Company classifies loans as in-substance repossessed or foreclosed if the Company receives physical possession of the debtor’s assets regardless of whether formal foreclosure proceedings take place. At the time of foreclosure or possession, the Company records the property at estimated fair value minus estimated costs to sell. All properties are periodically reviewed and declines in the value of the property are charged against income.

Earnings per share—Basic earnings per share represents net income available to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. If rights to dividends on unvested options/awards are non-forfeitable, these unvested awards/options are considered outstanding in the

F-12

computation of basic earnings per share. Diluted earnings per share, if applicable, reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the entity.

Advertising—The Company directly expenses costs associated with advertising as they are incurred.

Income taxes—The Company recognizes income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are established for the temporary differences between the accounting basis and the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities at enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when the amounts related to such temporary differences are realized or settled.

Goodwill and other intangibles—Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the net assets of the companies acquired are recorded at their fair values at the date of acquisition. Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired and is assigned to specific reporting units which are the same as the operating segments. Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that lack physical substance, but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights, or because the asset is capable of being sold or exchanged either on its own, or in combination with a related contract, asset, or liability.

The Company evaluates goodwill and other intangibles on an annual basis or whenever there is an indicator of impairment. Any impairment losses are charged to earnings. The Company amortizes other intangible assets over their respective estimated useful lives. The Company has estimated the remaining useful life of its insurance agency customer list intangible, trust company customer list intangible, and core deposit intangible assets to have a weighted-average of fifteen years, fifteen years, and ten years, respectively. Intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization.

Fair value of financial instruments—The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating fair values of financial instruments as disclosed herein:

Cash and cash equivalents—The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair values.

Available-for-sale securities—Fair values for available-for-sale securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.

Loans held-for-sale—Fair values of loans held-for-sale are based on estimated market values.

Loans receivable—For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and have no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. Fair values for all other loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. Fair values for impaired loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses or underlying collateral values, where applicable.

Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries—Fair value of investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for similar investments.

Accrued interest receivable—The carrying amounts of accrued interest receivable approximate their fair values.

Deposit liabilities—The fair values disclosed for demand deposits are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (that is, their carrying amounts). The carrying amounts of variable-rate, fixed term money-market accounts and certificates of deposits (CDs) approximate their fair values at the reporting date. Fair values for fixed-rate CDs are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.

F-13

Federal Home Loan Bank advances—Fair values for FHLB advances are estimated using a discounted cash flow technique that applies interest rates currently being offered on advances to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on FHLB advances.

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase—The carrying amounts of securities sold under agreements to repurchase approximate their fair values.

Subordinated debentures—Fair values of subordinated debentures are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for debentures with similar terms.

Derivative financial instruments—Fair values for interest rate swap agreements are based upon the amounts required to settle the contracts.

Off-balance sheet instruments—Fair values for loan commitments have not been presented as the future revenue derived from such financial instruments is not significant.

Interest rate swap agreement—For asset/liability management purposes, the Company uses interest rate swap agreements to hedge various exposures or to modify interest rate characteristics of various balance sheet accounts. Such derivatives are used as part of the asset/liability management process and are linked to specific assets or liabilities, and have high correlation between the contract and the underlying item being hedged, both at inception and throughout the hedge period. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had no active interest rate swap agreements.

The Company may utilize interest rate swap agreements to convert a portion of its variable-rate debt to a fixed rate (cash flow hedge). Interest rate swaps are contracts in which a series of interest rate flows are exchanged over a prescribed period. The notional amount on which the interest payments are based is not exchanged.

The effective portion of the gain or loss on a derivative designated and qualifying as a cash flow hedging instrument is initially reported as a component of other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument, if any, is recognized currently in earnings.

Interest rate derivative financial instruments receive hedge accounting treatment only if they are designated as a hedge and are expected to be, and are, effective in substantially reducing interest rate risk arising from the assets and liabilities identified as exposing the Company to risk. Those derivative financial instruments that do not meet the hedging criteria discussed below would be classified as trading activities and would be recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in income. Derivative hedge contracts must meet specific effectiveness tests (i.e., over time the change in their fair values due to the designated hedge risk must be within 80 to 125 percent of the opposite change in the fair values of the hedged assets or liabilities). Changes in fair value of the derivative financial instruments must be effective at offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged items due to the designated hedge risk during the term of the hedge. Further, if the underlying financial instrument differs from the hedged asset or liability, there must be a clear economic relationship between the prices of the two financial instruments. If periodic assessment indicates derivatives no longer provide an effective hedge, the derivatives contracts would be closed out and settled or classified as a trading activity.

Hedges of variable-rate debt are accounted for as cash flow hedges, with changes in fair value recorded in other assets or liabilities and other comprehensive income. The net settlement (upon close out or termination) that offsets changes in the value of the hedged debt is deferred and amortized into net interest income over the life of the hedged debt. The portion, if any, of the net settlement amount that did not offset changes in the value of the hedged asset or liability is recognized immediately in non-interest income.

Cash flows resulting from the derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as hedges of assets and liabilities are classified in the cash flow statement in the same category as the cash flows of the items being hedged.

F-14

Stock based compensation—At December 31, 2014, the Company has one stock-based employee compensation plan under which additional shares are available to be granted. The Company accounts for this plan under ASC 718-10, “Compensation—Stock Compensation—Overall.” See Note 11.

Operating Segments—The Company’s operations are managed along two reportable segments that represent the core businesses: Banking and Wealth Management. The Banking segment provides a wide array of lending and depository-related products and services to individuals, businesses and municipal enterprises. The Banking segment also provides insurance and brokerage services through the Bank’s subsidiaries, MEI and LSFSC, respectively. The Wealth Management segment provides trust and investment services through the Bank’s subsidiaries, CHC and CTC. A summary of the financial results for each of our operating segments is included in note 23—Operating Segments.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements—In January 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-01, “Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects.” The amendments in this ASU apply to all reporting entities that invest in qualified affordable housing projects through limited liability entities that are flow-through entities for tax purposes as follows:

1. For reporting entities that meet the conditions for and that elect to use the proportional amortization method to account for investments in qualified affordable housing projects, all amendments in this ASU apply.

2. For reporting entities that do not meet the conditions for or that do not elect the proportional amortization method, only the amendments in this ASU that are related to disclosures apply.

The amendments in this ASU permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit). For those investments in qualified affordable housing projects not accounted for using the proportional amortization method, the investment should be accounted for as an equity method investment or a cost method investment in accordance with Subtopic 970-323. The amendments in this ASU should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. A reporting entity that uses the effective yield method to account for its investments in qualified affordable housing projects before the date of adoption may continue to apply the effective yield method for those preexisting investments. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual periods and interim reporting periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted. The Company anticipates that the adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, “Receivables-Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.” The objective of the amendments in this ASU is to reduce diversity by clarifying when an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan receivable should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized. The amendments in this ASU clarify that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either (i) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (ii) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure of both (i) the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and (ii) the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate

F-15

property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company can elect to adopt the amendments in this ASU using either a modified retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method. The Company anticipates that the adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-08, “Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity.” This ASU changes the criteria for reporting discontinued operations and modifies related disclosure requirements. The new guidance is effective on a prospective basis for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2014, and interim periods within those years. The Company anticipates that the adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” The objective of this ASU is to clarify principles for recognizing revenue and to develop a common revenue standard for GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. The guidance in this ASU affects any entity that either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards. The core principal of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The amendments in this update are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early application is not permitted. The Company is currently reviewing this ASU to determine if it will have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-11, “Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860): Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures.” The amendments in this ASU require two accounting changes. First, the amendments in this ASU change the accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions to secured borrowing accounting. Second, for repurchase financing arrangements, the amendments require separate accounting for a transfer of a financial asset executed contemporaneously with a repurchase agreement with the same counterparty, which will result in secured borrowing accounting for the repurchase agreement. This ASU also includes new disclosure requirements. The accounting changes in this Update are effective for the first interim or annual period beginning after December 15, 2014. An entity is required to present changes in accounting for transactions outstanding on the effective date as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. Earlier application is prohibited. The Company anticipates that the adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12, “Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period.” The amendments in this ASU require that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. A reporting entity should apply existing guidance in Topic 718 as it relates to awards with performance conditions that affect vesting to account for such awards. This ASU is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. Earlier adoption is permitted. ASU 2014-12 may be adopted either (a) prospectively to all awards granted or modified after the effective date or (b) retrospectively to all awards with performance targets that are outstanding as of the beginning of the earliest annual period presented in the financial statements, and to all new or modified awards thereafter. If retrospective transition is adopted, the cumulative effect of applying this update as of the beginning of the earliest annual period presented in the financial statements should be recognized as an adjustment to the opening retained earnings balance at that date. The Company anticipates that the adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

F-16

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-13, “Consolidation (Topic 810): Measuring the Financial Assets and the Financial Liabilities of a Consolidated Collateralized Financing Entity.” This ASU applies to entities that meet the following criteria:

1. they are required to consolidate a collateralized entity under the Variable Interest Entities guidance;

2. they measure all of the financial assets and the financial liabilities of that consolidated collateralized financing entity at fair value in the consolidated financial statements based on other FASB rules; and

3. those changes in fair value are reflected in earnings.

Under ASU 2014-13, entities that meet these criteria are provided an alternative under which they can choose to eliminate the difference between the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities of a consolidated collateralized financing entity. If that alternative is not elected, then ASU 2014-13 indicates that the fair value of the financial assets and the fair value of the financial liabilities of the consolidated collateralized financing entity should be measured in accordance with ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” and differences between the fair value of the financial assets and the financial liabilities of that consolidated collateralized financing entity should be reflected in earnings and attributed to the reporting entity in the consolidated statement of income or loss. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company anticipates that the adoption of this ASU will not have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-14, “Receivables—Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Classification of Certain Government—Guaranteed Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.” The amendments in this ASU require that a mortgage loan be derecognized and that a separate other receivable be recognized upon foreclosure if the following conditions are met:

1. the loan has a government guarantee that is not separable from the loan before foreclosure;

2. at the time of foreclosure, the creditor has the intent to convey the real estate property to the guarantor and make a claim on the guarantee, and the creditor has the ability to recover under that claim; and

3. at the time of foreclosure, any amount of the claim that is determined on the basis of the fair value of the real estate is fixed.

Upon foreclosure, the separate other receivable should be measured based on the amount of the loan balance (principal and interest) expected to be recovered from the guarantor. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company anticipates that the adoption of this ASU will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, “Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40).” The amendments in this ASU provide guidance about management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. The amendments require management to assess an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern by incorporating and expanding upon certain principles that are currently in U.S. auditing standards. Specifically, the amendments (1) provide a definition of the term substantial doubt, (2) require an evaluation every reporting period including interim periods, (3) provide principles for considering the mitigating effect of management’s plans, (4) require certain disclosures when substantial doubt is alleviated as a result of consideration of management’s plans, (5) require an express statement and other disclosures when substantial doubt is not alleviated, and (6) require an assessment for a period of one year after the date that the financial statements are issued (or available to be issued). The amendments in this ASU are effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

F-17

In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-16, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815).” The objective of this ASU is to eliminate the use of different methods in practice and thereby reduce existing diversity under GAAP in the accounting for hybrid financial instruments issued in the form of a share. The amendments in this ASU apply to all entities that are issuers of, or investors in, hybrid financial instruments that are issued in the form of a share. The amendments in this ASU do not change the current criteria in GAAP for determining when separation of certain embedded derivative features in a hybrid financial instrument is required. The amendments clarify how current GAAP should be interpreted in evaluating the economic characteristics and risks of a host contract in a hybrid financial instrument that is issued in the form of a share. Specifically, the amendments clarify that an entity should consider all relevant terms and features, including the embedded derivative feature being evaluated for bifurcation, in evaluating the nature of the host contract. Furthermore, the amendments clarify that no single term or feature would necessarily determine the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract. Rather, the nature of the host contract depends upon the economic characteristics and risks of the entire hybrid financial instrument. In addition, the amendments in this ASU clarify that, in evaluating the nature of a host contract, an entity should assess the substance of the relevant terms and features when considering how to weight those terms and features. Specifically, the assessment of the substance of the relevant terms and features should incorporate a consideration of (1) the characteristics of the terms and features themselves, (2) the circumstances under which the hybrid financial instrument was issued or acquired, and (3) the potential outcomes of the hybrid financial instrument, as well as the likelihood of those potential outcomes. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-17, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Pushdown Accounting.” The amendments in this ASU provide guidance on whether and at what threshold an acquired entity that is a business or nonprofit activity may elect to apply pushdown accounting in its separate financial statements upon a change-in-control event in which an acquirer obtains control of the acquired entity. The amendments in this ASU are effective on November 18, 2014. After the effective date, an acquired entity can make an election to apply the guidance to future change-in-control events or to its most recent change-in-control event. However, if the financial statements for the period in which the most recent change-in-control event occurred already have been issued or made available to be issued, the application of this guidance would be a change in accounting principle. The adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-01, “Income Statement—Extraordinary and Unusual Items (Subtopic 225-20).” The amendments in this ASU eliminate the concept of extraordinary items. Eliminating the concept of extraordinary items will save time and reduce costs for preparers because they will not have to assess whether a particular event or transaction event is extraordinary (even if they ultimately would conclude it is not). This also alleviates uncertainty for preparers, auditors, and regulators because auditors and regulators no longer will need to evaluate whether a preparer treated an unusual and/or infrequent item appropriately. The presentation and disclosure guidance for items that are unusual in nature or occur infrequently will be retained and will be expanded to include items that are both unusual in nature and infrequently occurring. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. A reporting entity may apply the amendments prospectively. A reporting entity also may apply the amendments retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. Early adoption is permitted provided that the guidance is applied from the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

NOTE 2. Issuance of capital securities:

On March 30, 2004, NHTB Capital Trust II (“Trust II”), a Connecticut statutory trust formed by the Company, completed the sale of $10.0 million of Floating Capital Securities, adjustable every three months at

F-18

LIBOR plus 2.79% (“Capital Securities II”). Trust II also issued common securities to the Company and used the net proceeds from the offering to purchase a like amount of Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (“Debentures II”) of the Company. Debentures II are the sole assets of Trust II. The Company used a portion of the proceeds to redeem the balance of securities issued by NHTB Capital Trust I, which were callable on September 30, 2004. The balance of the proceeds of Trust II is being used for general corporate purposes. Total expenses associated with the offering of $160 thousand are included in other assets and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of Debentures II.

Capital Securities II accrue and pay distributions quarterly based on the stated liquidation amount of $10 per Capital Security. The Company has fully and unconditionally guaranteed all of the obligations of Trust II. The guaranty covers the quarterly distributions and payments on liquidation or redemption of Capital Securities II, but only to the extent that Trust II has funds necessary to make these payments.

Capital Securities II are mandatorily redeemable upon the maturing of Debentures II on March 30, 2034 or upon earlier redemption as provided in the Indenture. The Company has the right to redeem Debentures II, in whole or in part at the liquidation amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date.

On March 30, 2004, NHTB Capital Trust III (“Trust III”), a Connecticut statutory trust formed by the Company, completed the sale of $10.0 million of 6.06% 5 Year Fixed-Floating Capital Securities (“Capital Securities III”). Trust III also issued common securities to the Company and used the net proceeds from the offering to purchase a like amount of 6.06% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (“Debentures III”) of the Company. Debentures III are the sole assets of Trust III. The Company used the proceeds to redeem the securities issued by NHTB Capital Trust I, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, which were callable on September 30, 2004. Total expenses associated with the offering of $160 thousand are included in other assets and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of Debentures III.

Capital Securities III accrue and pay distributions quarterly at an annual rate of 6.06% for the first 5 years of the stated liquidation amount of $10 per Capital Security. The Company has fully and unconditionally guaranteed all of the obligations of the Trust. The guaranty covers the quarterly distributions and payments on liquidation or redemption of Capital Securities III, but only to the extent that the Trust has funds necessary to make these payments.

Capital Securities III are mandatorily redeemable upon the maturing of Debentures III on March 30, 2034 or upon earlier redemption as provided in the Indenture. The Company has the right to redeem Debentures III, in whole or in part, at the liquidation amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date.

On October 29, 2014, the Company entered into a Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement with certain accredited investors under which the Company issued an aggregate of $17.0 million of subordinated notes (the “Notes”) to the accredited investors. The Notes have a maturity date of November 1, 2024, and will bear interest at a fixed rate of 6.75% per annum. The Company may, at its option, beginning with the interest payment date of November 1, 2019, and on any interest payment date thereafter, redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at par plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. Any partial redemption will be made pro rata among all of the noteholders. The Notes are not subject to repayment at the option of the noteholders. The Notes will be unsecured, subordinated obligations of the Company and will rank junior in right of payment to the Company’s senior indebtedness and to the Company’s obligations to its general creditors.

F-19

NOTE 3. Securities:

Debt and equity securities have been classified in the consolidated balance sheets according to management’s intent.

The amortized cost of securities and their approximate fair values are summarized as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)	Amortized Cost Basis		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value
December 31, 2014:
Available-for-sale securities
Bonds and notes—
U.S. Treasury notes	$	40,512	$	—	$	389	$	40,123
U.S. Government-sponsored enterprise bonds		7,361		2		98		7,265
Mortgage-backed securities		58,439		112		271		58,280
Municipal bonds		9,579		103		86		9,596
Other bonds and debentures		114		12		—		126
Equity securities		258		51		1		308
Total available-for-sale	$	116,263	$	280	$	845	$	115,698
December 31, 2013:
Available-for-sale securities
Bonds and notes—
U.S. Treasury notes	$	50,683	$	—	$	667	$	50,016
U.S. Government-sponsored enterprise bonds		7,388		4		232		7,160
Mortgage-backed securities		47,612		27		992		46,647
Municipal bonds		20,532		63		489		20,106
Other bonds and debentures		263		12		—		275
Equity securities		742		292		—		1,034
Total available-for-sale	$	127,220	$	398	$	2,380	$	125,238

For the year ended December 31, 2014, proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale amounted to $125.8 million. Gross gains of $951 thousand and gross losses of $1 thousand were realized during 2014 on sales of available-for-sale securities. The tax provision applicable to these net realized gains amounted to $376 thousand. For the year ended December 31, 2013, proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale amounted to $125.8 million. Gross gains of $1.2 million and gross losses of $222 thousand were realized during 2013 on sales of available-for-sale securities. The tax provision applicable to these net realized gains amounted to $382 thousand. For the year ended December 31, 2012, proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale amounted to $194.3 million. Gross gains of $3.8 million and no gross losses were realized during 2012 on sales of available-for-sale securities. The tax provision applicable to these net realized gains amounted to $1.5 million.

F-20

Maturities of debt securities, excluding mortgage-backed securities, classified as available-for-sale are as follows as of December 31, 2014:

(Dollars in thousands)	Fair Value
U.S. Treasury notes	$	10,075
Municipal bonds		945
Total due in less than one year	$	11,020
U.S. Treasury notes	$	30,048
U.S. Government-sponsored enterprise bonds		6,906
Municipal bonds		4,509
Other bonds and debentures		97
Total due after one year through five years	$	41,560
U.S. Government-sponsored enterprise bonds	$	188
Municipal bonds		2,932
Total due after five years through ten years	$	3,120
U.S. Government-sponsored enterprise bonds	$	171
Municipal bonds		1,210
Other bonds and debentures		29
Total due after ten years	$	1,410

There were no issuers of securities, other than U.S. government and agency obligations, whose aggregate carrying value exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2014.

Securities carried at $115.1 million and $120.1 million were pledged to secure public deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank advances and securities sold under agreements to repurchase as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The aggregate fair value and unrealized losses of securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and for twelve months or more, and are not other-than-temporarily impaired, are as follows as of December 31:

	Less than 12 Months				12 Months or Longer				Total
(Dollars in thousands)	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
December 31, 2014:
Bonds and notes—
U.S. Treasury notes	$	10,112	$	53	$	20,012	$	336	$	30,124	$	389
U.S. Government-sponsored enterprise bonds		—		—		7,077		98		7,077		98
Mortgage-backed securities		12,109		14		13,675		257		25,784		271
Municipal bonds		—		—		3,554		86		3,554		86
Equity securities		42		1		—		—		42		1
Total temporarily impaired securities	$	22,263	$	68	$	44,318	$	777	$	66,581	$	845
December 31, 2013:
Bonds and notes—
U.S. Treasury notes	$	29,961	$	273	$	10,056	$	394	$	40,017	$	667
U.S. Government-sponsored enterprise bonds		6,954		232		—		—		6,954		232
Mortgage-backed securities		38,574		663		5,976		329		44,550		992
Municipal bonds		10,140		489		—		—		10,140		489
Total temporarily impaired securities	$	85,629	$	1,657	$	16,032	$	723	$	101,661	$	2,380

F-21

The investments in the Company’s investment portfolio that are temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2014 consist of bonds and mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. government—sponsored enterprises and agencies, municipal bonds, U.S. Treasury notes and equity securities. The unrealized losses on these debt securities are primarily attributable to changes in market interest rates and current market inefficiencies. As Company management has the ability and intent to hold debt securities until maturity, no declines are deemed to be other-than-temporary. The unrealized losses on equity securities have occurred for less than 12 months and the Company does not feel the losses relate to credit quality of the issuers. The Company has the ability and intent to hold these investments until a recovery of cost basis.

NOTE 4. Loans receivable:

Loans receivable consisted of the following as of December 31:

	2014								2013
(Dollars in thousands)	Originated			Acquired		Total			Originated			Acquired		Total
Real estate:
Conventional	$	592,386		$	53,304	$	645,690		$	536,588		$	65,682	$	602,270
Home equity		63,176			6,027		69,203			63,736			6,828		70,564
Commercial		235,640			77,377		313,017			198,741			89,072		287,813
Construction		34,988			1,457		36,445			26,062			3,660		29,722
		926,190			138,165		1,064,355			825,127			165,242		990,369
Commercial and municipal loans		125,161			13,414		138,575			121,256			18,815		140,071
Consumer loans		7,438			1,712		9,150			6,829			2,988		9,817
Total loans		1,058,789			153,291		1,212,080			953,212			187,045		1,140,257
Allowance for loan losses		(9,269	)		—		(9,269	)		(9,757	)		—		(9,757	)
Deferred loan origination costs, net		4,034			—		4,034			3,610			—		3,610
Loans receivable, net	$	1,053,554		$	153,291	$	1,206,845		$	947,065		$	187,045	$	1,134,110

Certain directors and executive officers of the Company and companies in which they have significant ownership interest were customers of the Bank during 2014. Total outstanding loan balances to such persons and their companies amounted to $537 thousand as of December 31, 2014. During 2014, principal advances of $516 thousand were made and principal payments totaled $2.9 million.

F-22

The following table sets forth information regarding the allowance for loan and lease losses by portfolio segment as of and for the years ended December 31:

	Real Estate:
(Dollars in thousands)	Conventional and Home Equity			Commercial			Construction		Commercial and Municipal			Consumer			Unallocated			Total
December 31, 2014:
Allowance for loan losses:
Originated:
Beginning balance	$	5,385		$	2,143		$	353	$	1,561		$	75		$	240		$	9,757
Charge-offs		(681	)		(533	)		—		(445	)		(219	)		—			(1,878	)
Recoveries		314			1			—		57			113			—			485
(Benefit) provision		(255	)		1,113			638		(538	)		117			(170	)		905
Ending balance	$	4,763		$	2,724		$	991	$	635		$	86		$	70		$	9,269
Acquired:
Beginning balance	$	—		$	—		$	—	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Charge-offs		—			—			—		—			—			—			—
Recoveries		—			—			—		—			—			—			—
Provision (benefit)		—			—			—		—			—			—			—
Ending balance	$	—		$	—		$	—	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Originated:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	50		$	17		$	—	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	67
Collectively evaluated for impairment		4,713			2,707			991		635			86			70			9,202
Acquired loans:
(discounts related to credit quality)		—			—			—		—			—			—			—
Total allowance for loan losses ending balance	$	4,763		$	2,724		$	991	$	635		$	86		$	70		$	9,269
Loans:
Originated:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	5,965		$	8,110		$	1,163	$	880		$	—		$	—		$	16,118
Collectively evaluated for impairment		649,597			227,530			33,825		124,281			7,438			—			1,042,671
Acquired loans:
(discounts related to credit quality)		59,331			77,377			1,457		13,414			1,712			—			153,291
Total loans ending balance	$	714,893		$	313,017		$	36,445	$	138,575		$	9,150		$	—		$	1,212,080

F-23

	Real Estate:
(Dollars in thousands)	Conventional and Home Equity			Commercial			Construction		Commercial and Municipal			Consumer			Unallocated		Total
December 31, 2013:
Allowance for loan losses:
Originated:
Beginning balance	$	4,897		$	3,616		$	208	$	918		$	58		$	226	$	9,923
Charge-offs		(851	)		(593	)		—		(302	)		(230	)		—		(1,976	)
Recoveries		267			284			—		154			142			—		847
Provision (benefit)		1,072			(1,164	)		145		791			105			14		963
Ending balance	$	5,385		$	2,143		$	353	$	1,561		$	75		$	240	$	9,757
Acquired:
Beginning balance	$	—		$	—		$	—	$	—		$	—		$	—	$	—
Charge-offs		—			—			—		—			—			—		—
Recoveries		—			—			—		—			—			—		—
Provision (benefit)		—			—			—		—			—			—		—
Ending balance	$	—		$	—		$	—	$	—		$	—		$	—	$	—
Originated:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	71		$	116		$	—	$	10		$	—		$	—	$	197
Collectively evaluated for impairment		5,314			2,027			353		1,551			75			240		9,560
Acquired loans:
(discounts related to credit quality)		—			—			—		—			—			—		—
Total allowance for loan losses ending balance	$	5,385		$	2,143		$	353	$	1,561		$	75		$	240	$	9,757
Loans:
Originated:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	6,716		$	11,363		$	1,494	$	1,582		$	—		$	—	$	21,155
Collectively evaluated for impairment		593,608			187,378			24,568		119,674			6,829			—		932,057
Acquired loans:
(discounts related to credit quality)		72,510			89,072			3,660		18,815			2,988			—		187,045
Total loans ending balance	$	672,834		$	287,813		$	29,722	$	140,071		$	9,817		$	—	$	1,140,257

F-24

	Real Estate:
(Dollars in thousands)	Conventional and Home Equity			Commercial			Construction			Commercial and Municipal			Consumer			Unallocated		Total
December 31, 2012:
Allowance for loan losses:
Originated:
Beginning balance	$	4,845		$	3,146		$	222		$	721		$	58		$	139	$	9,131
Charge-offs		(1,239	)		(474	)		(138	)		(438	)		(220	)		—		(2,509	)
Recoveries		167			56			68			142			163			—		596
Provision (benefit)		1,124			888			56			493			57			87		2,705
Ending balance	$	4,897		$	3,616		$	208		$	918		$	58		$	226	$	9,923
Acquired:
Beginning balance	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—	$	—
Charge-offs		—			—			—			—			—			—		—
Recoveries		—			—			—			—			—			—		—
Provision (benefit)		—			—			—			—			—			—		—
Ending balance	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—	$	—
Originated:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	232		$	129		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—	$	361
Collectively evaluated for impairment		4,665			3,487			208			918			58			226		9,562
Acquired loans:
(discounts related to credit quality)		—			—			—			—			—			—		—
Total allowance for loan losses ending balance	$	4,897		$	3,616		$	208		$	918		$	58		$	226	$	9,923
Loans:
Originated:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	6,964		$	9,988		$	1,527		$	402		$	—		$	—	$	18,881
Collectively evaluated for impairment		519,417			168,586			13,706			93,278			6,595			—		801,582
Acquired loans:
(discounts related to credit quality)		14,359			55,690			4,179			14,070			709			—		89,007
Total loans ending balance	$	540,740		$	234,264		$	19,412		$	107,750		$	7,304		$	—	$	909,470

F-25

The following tables set forth information regarding nonaccrual and past due loans as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

(Dollars in thousands)	30-59 Days		60-89 Days		90 Days or More Past Due		Total Past Due		Total Current		Total		90 Days or More Past Due and Accruing		Nonaccrual Loans
December 31, 2014:
Real estate:
Conventional	$	3,546	$	1,399	$	1,432	$	6,377	$	639,313	$	645,690	$	—	$	2,426
Home equity		60		31		181		272		68,931		69,203		—		181
Commercial		2,228		1,472		1,343		5,043		307,974		313,017		—		3,926
Construction		—		28		15		43		36,402		36,445		—		15
Commercial and municipal		305		463		330		1,098		137,477		138,575		—		779
Consumer (including credit card)		71		21		—		92		9,058		9,150		—		—
Total	$	6,210	$	3,414	$	3,301	$	12,925	$	1,199,155	$	1,212,080	$	—	$	7,327

(Dollars in thousands)	30-59 Days		60-89 Days		90 Days or More Past Due		Total Past Due		Total Current		Total		90 Days or More Past Due and Accruing		Nonaccrual Loans
December 31, 2013:
Real estate:
Conventional	$	2,654	$	498	$	2,812	$	5,964	$	596,306	$	602,270	$	—	$	3,821
Commercial		1,859		267		903		3,029		284,784		287,813		—		4,512
Home equity		53		57		52		162		70,402		70,564		—		104
Construction		95		—		—		95		29,627		29,722		—		230
Commercial and municipal		133		10		159		302		139,769		140,071		—		621
Consumer		29		60		15		104		9,713		9,817		—		15
Total	$	4,823	$	892	$	3,941	$	9,656	$	1,130,601	$	1,140,257	$	—	$	9,303

F-26

As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s impaired loans consist of certain loans, including all TDRs. The following tables summarizes, by class of loan, information related to impaired loans as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

(Dollars in thousands)	Recorded Investment		Unpaid Principal Balance		Related Allowance		Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Recognized
December 31, 2014:
With no related allowance recorded:
Real estate:
Conventional	$	5,447	$	6,028	$	—	$	5,735	$	342
Home equity		181		264		—		232		5
Commercial		7,383		8,151		—		8,093		379
Construction		1,163		1,185		—		1,233		53
Commercial and municipal		880		1,204		—		1,118		77
Total impaired with no related allowance	$	15,054	$	16,832	$	—	$	16,411	$	856
With an allowance recorded:
Real estate:
Conventional	$	337	$	370	$	50	$	546	$	17
Commercial		727		727		17		1,539		32
Commercial and municipal		—		—		—		350		—
Total impaired with an allowance recorded	$	1,064	$	1,097	$	67	$	2,435	$	49
Total
Real estate:
Conventional	$	5,784	$	6,398	$	50	$	6,281	$	359
Home equity		181		264		—		232		5
Commercial		8,110		8,878		17		9,632		411
Construction		1,163		1,185		—		1,233		53
Commercial and municipal		880		1,204		—		1,468		77
Total impaired loans	$	16,118	$	17,929	$	67	$	18,846	$	905

F-27

(Dollars in thousands)	Recorded Investment		Unpaid Principal Balance		Related Allowance		Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Recognized
December 31, 2013:
With no related allowance recorded:
Real estate:
Conventional	$	6,084	$	7,029	$	—	$	5,387	$	261
Home equity		153		312		—		104		9
Commercial		9,807		10,432		—		10,832		534
Construction		1,494		1,515		—		1,749		69
Commercial and municipal		1,099		1,141		—		728		65
Total impaired with no related allowance	$	18,637	$	20,429	$	—	$	18,800	$	938
With an allowance recorded:
Real estate:
Conventional	$	479	$	512	$	71	$	618	$	23
Home equity		—		—		—		—		—
Commercial		1,556		1,556		116		1,622		105
Construction		—		—		—		—		—
Commercial and municipal		483		483		10		527		24
Total impaired with an allowance recorded	$	2,518	$	2,551	$	197	$	2,767	$	152
Total
Real estate:
Conventional	$	6,563	$	7,541	$	71	$	6,005	$	284
Home equity		153		312		—		104		9
Commercial		11,363		11,988		116		12,454		639
Construction		1,494		1,515		—		1,749		69
Commercial and municipal		1,582		1,624		10		1,255		89
Total impaired loans	$	21,155	$	22,980	$	197	$	21,567	$	1,090

The following table presents a summary of credit impaired loans acquired through the merger with Central Financial Corporation as of the dates indicated:

December 31, 2014

(Dollars in thousands)	Commercial Real Estate and Commercial and Municipal		Conventional Real Estate
Contractually required payments receivable	$	983	$	800
Nonaccretable difference		—		—
Cash flows expected to be collected		983		800
Accretable yield		—		—
Fair value of purchased credit impaired loans acquired	$	983	$	800

F-28

December 31, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)	Commercial Real Estate and Commercial and Municipal		Conventional Real Estate
Contractually required payments receivable	$	1,604	$	984
Nonaccretable difference		—		—
Cash flows expected to be collected		1,604		984
Accretable yield		—		—
Fair value of purchased credit impaired loans acquired	$	1,604	$	984

The following table presents a summary of credit impaired loans acquired through the merger with The Nashua Bank as of the dates indicated:

December 31, 2014

(Dollars in thousands)	Commercial Real Estate and Commercial and Municipal
Contractually required payments receivable	$	971
Nonaccretable difference		—
Cash flows expected to be collected		971
Accretable yield		—
Fair value of purchased credit impaired loans acquired	$	971

December 31, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)	Commercial Real Estate and Commercial and Municipal
Contractually required payments receivable	$	1,012
Nonaccretable difference		—
Cash flows expected to be collected		1,012
Accretable yield		—
Fair value of purchased credit impaired loans acquired	$	1,012

The following table presents modified loans by class that were determined to be TDRs that occurred during the years ended December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)	Number of Contracts		Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment		Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
December 31, 2014:
Troubled Debt Restructurings:
Real estate:
Conventional		16	$	1,257	$	1,257
Commercial		4		991		991
Construction		1		95		95
Commercial and municipal		1		35		35
		22	$	2,378	$	2,378

F-29

There were no loans modified as TDRs that defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2014.

(Dollars in thousands)	Number of Contracts		Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment		Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
December 31, 2013:
Troubled Debt Restructurings:
Real estate:
Conventional		15	$	2,680	$	2,680
Commercial		5		3,018		3,018
Construction		3		700		700
Commercial and municipal		5		560		560
		28	$	6,958	$	6,958

(Dollars in thousands)	Number of Contracts		Recorded Investment
Troubled Debt Restructurings that Subsequently Defaulted:
Conventional		4	$	541
Construction		1		23
		5	$	564

Troubled debt restructured loans and leases are considered impaired and are included in the previous impaired loan disclosures in this footnote. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company has not committed to lend additional amounts to customers with outstanding loans and leases that are classified as troubled debt restructurings.

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, certain loans and lease modifications were executed which constituted troubled debt restructurings. Substantially all of these modifications included one or a combination of the following: an extension of the maturity date at a stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk; temporary reduction in the interest rate; or change in scheduled payment amount.

The following tables present information on how loans were modified as TDRs during the years ended December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)	Extended Maturity		Combination of Payments, Rate And Maturity		Combination of Interest Only Payments and Maturity		Combination of Interest Rate, Maturity and Reamortized		Other (a)		Total
December 31, 2014:
Real estate:
Conventional	$	—	$	516	$	619	$	122	$	—	$	1,257
Commercial		211		210		—		—		570		991
Construction		—		—		95		—		—		95
Commercial and municipal		—		—		—		—		35		35
Total TDRs	$	211	$	726	$	714	$	122	$	605	$	2,378

F-30

(Dollars in thousands)	Extended Maturity		Combination of Payments, Rate And Maturity		Interest Only Payments and Maturity		Combination of Interest Rate, Maturity and Reamortized		Other (a)		Total
December 31, 2013:
Real estate:
Conventional	$	—	$	996	$	1,273	$	219	$	192	$	2,680
Commercial		764		1,143		1,111		—		—		3,018
Construction		700		—		—		—		—		700
Commercial and municipal		—		—		524		—		36		560
Total TDRs	$	1,464	$	2,139	$	2,908	$	219	$	228	$	6,958

(a) Other includes covenant modifications, forbearance and/or other modifications.

There were no new TDRs that have subsequently defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2014. All TDRs are individually evaluated for impairment. There are three TDRs with an impairment measurement totaling $53 thousand, included in specific allowances as of December 31, 2014.

Two of the TDRs that have subsequently defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2013 are on nonaccrual as of December 31, 2013. All TDRs are individually evaluated for impairment. Of the two defaulted TDRs, one had an impairment measurement totaling $16 thousand, included in specific allowances.

F-31

The following tables present the Company’s loans by risk rating as of December 31:

	Real Estate:
(Dollars in thousands)	Conventional and Home Equity		Commercial		Construction		Commercial and Municipal		Consumer		Total
December 31, 2014:
Originated
Grade:
Pass	$	—	$	205,158	$	19,798	$	99,705	$	—	$	324,661
Special mention		—		2,952		35		850		—		3,837
Substandard		4,790		11,944		2,384		359		—		19,477
Loans not formally rated		650,772		15,586		12,771		24,247		7,438		710,814
Total	$	655,562	$	235,640	$	34,988	$	125,161	$	7,438	$	1,058,789
Acquired
Grade:
Pass	$	—	$	64,441	$	924	$	10,676	$	—	$	76,041
Special mention		—		5,600		—		401		—		6,001
Substandard		863		5,693		389		1,811		—		8,756
Loans not formally rated		58,468		1,643		144		526		1,712		62,493
Total	$	59,331	$	77,377	$	1,457	$	13,414	$	1,712	$	153,291
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2013:
Originated
Grade:
Pass	$	—	$	164,554	$	13,337	$	98,469	$	—	$	276,360
Special mention		—		3,885		812		674		—		5,371
Substandard		5,708		12,373		1,880		1,193		—		21,154
Loans not formally rated		594,616		17,929		10,033		20,920		6,829		650,327
Total	$	600,324	$	198,741	$	26,062	$	121,256	$	6,829	$	953,212
Acquired
Grade:
Pass	$	—	$	80,730	$	2,148	$	16,577	$	—	$	99,455
Special mention		—		1,341		—		—		—		1,341
Substandard		1,521		5,518		228		1,876		—		9,143
Loans not formally rated		70,989		1,483		1,284		362		2,988		77,106
Total	$	72,510	$	89,072	$	3,660	$	18,815	$	2,988	$	187,045

Credit Quality Information

The Company utilizes an eight grade internal loan rating system for commercial real estate, construction and commercial loans as follows:

Loans rated 10-35: Loans in these categories are considered “pass” rated loans with low to average risk.

Loans rated 40: Loans in this category are considered “special mention.” These loans are starting to show signs of potential weakness and are being closely monitored by management.

Loans rated 50: Loans in this category are considered “substandard.” Generally, a loan is considered substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligors and/or the collateral pledged. There is a distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the weakness is not corrected.

F-32

Loans rated 60: Loans in this category are considered “doubtful.” Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, highly questionable and improbable.

Loans rated 70: Loans in this category are considered uncollectible (“loss”) and of such little value that their continuance as loans is not warranted.

On an annual basis, or more often if needed, the Company formally reviews the ratings on all commercial real estate, construction and commercial loans over $250 thousand. For residential real estate and consumer loans, the Company initially assesses credit quality based upon the borrower’s ability to pay and subsequently monitors these loans based on the borrower’s payment activity.

Loan Servicing Rights

In addition to total loans previously shown, the Company services loans for other financial institutions. Participation loans are loans originated by the Company for a group of banks. Sold loans are loans originated by the Company and sold to the secondary market. The Company services these loans and remits the payments received to the buyer. The Company specifically originates long-term, fixed-rate loans to sell. The amount of loans sold and participated out which are serviced by the Company are as follows as of December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Sold loans	$	411,583	$	417,274
Participation loans	$	31,147	$	30,022

The balance of capitalized servicing rights, net of valuation allowances, included in other assets at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $2.4 million and $2.7 million, respectively.

Servicing rights of $518 thousand, $1.6 million and $1.4 million were capitalized in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Amortization of capitalized servicing rights was $867 thousand, $1.0 million, and $1.0 million in 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

The fair value of capitalized servicing rights was $4.2 million and $4.1 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Following is an analysis of the aggregate changes in the valuation allowances for capitalized servicing rights:

(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013
Balance, beginning of year	$	65		$	69
Additions		4			155
Reductions		(50	)		(159	)
Balance, end of year	$	19		$	65

F-33

NOTE 5. Premises and equipment:

Premises and equipment are shown on the consolidated balance sheets at cost, net of accumulated depreciation, as follows as of December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Land and land improvements	$	3,235	$	3,235
Buildings and premises		26,638		25,653
Furniture, fixtures and equipment		14,121		12,566
		43,994		41,454
Less—accumulated depreciation		19,603		17,612
	$	24,391	$	23,842

Depreciation expense amounted to $2.1 million, $1.5 million and $1.2 million for the years ending December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

NOTE 6. Investment in real estate:

The balance in investment in real estate consisted of the following as of December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Land and land improvements	$	412	$	412
Buildings and premises		4,163		4,163
		4,575		4,575
Less—accumulated depreciation		1,042		894
	$	3,533	$	3,681

Rental income from investment in real estate amounted to $308 thousand, $309 thousand and $283 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Depreciation expense amounted to $148 thousand, $153 thousand and $129 thousand for the years ending December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

NOTE 7. Deposits:

Deposits are summarized as follows as of December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Demand deposits	$	117,889	$	101,446
Savings		233,697		218,100
N.O.W.		333,984		303,054
Money market		103,817		104,755
Time deposits		363,327		360,737
	$	1,152,714	$	1,088,092

F-34

The following is a summary of maturities of time deposits as of December 31, 2014:

(Dollars in thousands)
2015	$	235,110
2016		60,847
2017		30,789
2018		20,099
2019		16,482
Total	$	363,327

Interest expense by major category of interest-bearing deposits is summarized as follows for the years ended December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013		2012
Time deposits	$	3,635	$	3,283	$	3,762
N.O.W.		259		248		209
Money market		314		297		137
Savings		256		227		273
	$	4,464	$	4,055	$	4,381

Deposits from related parties held by the Bank as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 amounted to $3.7 million and $3.1 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, time deposits include $144.1 million and $157.0 million, respectively, of certificates of deposit with a minimum balance of $100 thousand. As of December 2014, time deposits include $48.4 million of certificates of deposit with a minimum balance of $250 thousand. Generally, deposits in excess of $250 thousand are not federally insured.

The aggregate amount of brokered time deposits as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $51.1 million and $20.8 million, respectively. Brokered time deposits of $51.1 million are not included in time deposits accounts in denominations of $100 thousand or more, or $250 thousand or more, above.

NOTE 8. Federal Home Loan Bank Advances and Letters of Credit:

Advances consist of funds borrowed from the FHLB.

Maturities of advances from the FHLB for the years ending after December 31, 2014 are summarized as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
2015	$	95,992
2016		15,000
2018		30,000
	$	140,992

As of December 31, 2014, the following advances from the FHLB were redeemable at par at the option of the FHLB (dollars in thousands):

MATURITY DATE	OPTIONAL REDEMPTION DATE	AMOUNT
April 30, 2018	January 28, 2015 and quarterly thereafter	$	10,000
October 24, 2018	October 24, 2015	$	10,000
October 24, 2018	October 24, 2015	$	10,000

F-35

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had a $1.0 million putable advance (Knock-out Advance) from the FHLB which matures on September 1, 2015, and has a fixed interest rate of 4.13%. The FHLB will require that this borrowing become due immediately upon its Strike Date (next strike date is March 2, 2015 and quarterly thereafter) if the three month LIBOR equals or exceeds the Strike Rate of 6.75%. As of December 31, 2014, the three month LIBOR was at 0.26%.

At December 31, 2014, the interest rates on FHLB advances ranged from 0.0028% to 4.13%. The weighted average interest rate at December 31, 2014 was 0.90%.

At December 31, 2014, the Company had $44.2 million of stand-by letters of credit issued by the FHLB to secure customer deposits.

Borrowings, including letters of credit, from the FHLB are secured by a blanket lien on qualified collateral, consisting primarily of loans with first mortgages secured by one to four family properties, certain unencumbered investment securities and other qualified assets.

NOTE 9. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

The securities sold under agreements to repurchase as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are securities sold on a short-term basis by the Bank that have been accounted for not as sales but as borrowings. The securities consisted of debt securities issued by U.S. government agencies. The securities were held in the Bank’s safekeeping account at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston under the control of the Bank and pledged to the purchasers of the securities. The purchasers have agreed to sell to the Bank substantially identical securities at the maturity of the agreements.

NOTE 10. Income taxes:

The components of income tax expense are as follows for the years ended December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013		2012
Current tax expense	$	2,410	$	2,535	$	3,205
Deferred tax expense		1,154		592		479
Total income tax expense	$	3,564	$	3,127	$	3,684

The reasons for the differences between the tax at the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective tax rates are summarized as follows for the years ended December 31:

	2014			2013			2012
	% of Income			% of Income			% of Income
Federal income tax at statutory rate		34.0	%		34.0	%		34.0
Increase (decrease) in tax resulting from:
Tax-exempt income		(5.7	)		(6.8	)		(5.5	)
Dividends received deduction		(0.1	)		(1.0	)		(1.2	)
Federal tax credits		(2.4	)		(0.3	)		(0.3	)
Merger related expenses		—			2.3			2.2
Other, net		0.4			(1.1	)		3.0
Effective tax rates		26.2	%		27.1	%		32.2	%

F-36

The Company had gross deferred tax assets and gross deferred tax liabilities as follows as of December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013
Deferred tax assets:
Interest on non-performing loans	$	216		$	134
Allowance for loan losses		3,203			3,505
Deferred compensation		804			1,150
Deferred retirement expense		1,478			1,330
Restricted stock awards		37			26
Accrued directors fees		16			21
Accrued group health contingency		12			32
Write-down of securities		—			48
Net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities		224			784
Unrecognized employee benefits under ASC 715-10		1,966			1,113
Other		275			—
Gross deferred tax assets		8,231			8,143
Deferred tax liabilities:
Deferred loan costs, net of fees		(1,621	)		(1,485	)
Prepaid pension		(1,662	)		(1,643	)
Accelerated depreciation		(805	)		(721	)
Purchased goodwill		(3,729	)		(3,447	)
Mortgage servicing rights		(864	)		(1,002	)
Core deposit intangibles and other market value adjustments		(2,313	)		(1,984	)
Other		(259	)		(168	)
Gross deferred tax liabilities		(11,253	)		(10,450	)
Net deferred tax liability	$	(3,022	)	$	(2,307	)

During 2013, the Company acquired CHC. Upon acquisition, deferred taxes were decreased by $1.3 million due to existing deferred taxes and acquisition accounting adjustments.

During 2013, the Company acquired Central Financial Corporation. Upon acquisition, deferred taxes were increased by $691 thousand due to existing deferred taxes and acquisition accounting adjustments. Deferred taxes were subsequently increased by $146 thousand in 2014 due to post-acquisition goodwill adjustments.

During 2012, the Company acquired The Nashua Bank. Upon acquisition, deferred taxes were decreased by $223 thousand due to existing deferred taxes and acquisition accounting adjustments.

It is the Company’s policy to provide for uncertain tax positions and the related interest and penalties based upon management’s assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no material uncertain tax positions related to federal and state income tax matters. The Company is currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service and state taxing authorities for the years ended December 31, 2011 through December 31, 2014.

NOTE 11. Stock compensation plans:

During December 31, 2014, the Company had two fixed stock-based employee compensation plans, the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”) and the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2004 Plan” and collectively, the “Plans”).

F-37

As of December 31, 2014, 410,000 shares were available to be granted under the 2014 Plan in the form of grants of options or shares of restricted stock. As of December 31, 2014, there were 113,500 options and 44,600 restricted stock non-vested awards outstanding under the 2004 Plan. There are currently no outstanding options under the 2014 Plan.

Under the 2004 Plan, the exercise price of each option equals the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant and an option’s maximum term is 10 years. Options were exercisable immediately upon grant. No modifications have been made to the terms of the option agreements.

A summary of the options issued pursuant to the Plans as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and changes during the years ending on those dates is presented below:

	2014					2013					2012
				Weighted-Average					Weighted-Average					Weighted-Average
	Shares			Exercise Price		Shares			Exercise Price		Shares			Exercise Price
Outstanding at beginning of year		123,000		$	13.38		245,000		$	13.23		304,042		$	12.66
Forfeited		(2,500	)		13.25		(18,600	)		13.15		(19,000	)		12.74
Exercised		(7,000	)		13.25		(103,400	)		13.07		(40,042	)		9.13
Outstanding at end of year		113,500		$	13.39		123,000		$	13.38		245,000		$	13.23
Options exercisable at year-end		113,500					123,000					245,000
Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year		—					—					—

The following table summarizes information about fixed stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2014:

Options Outstanding and Exercisable
	Number		Remaining
Exercise Price	Outstanding		Contractual Life
$13.25		106,000		0.9 years
15.30		7,500		1.1 years
$13.39		113,500		0.9 years

The Company granted 15,000 shares of restricted stock to ten directors effective May 1, 2014. The restricted stock was granted under the 2004 Plan and awards directors shares of restricted common stock of the Company. The restricted stock vests ratably over a five year period beginning on April 30, 2015. Compensation expense relating to the restricted stock awards is based on the grant-date fair value of $14.75 per share and amounted to $30 thousand for the year ending December 31, 2014. The remaining unrecognized compensation expense at December 31, 2014 of $192 thousand will be recognized over the next 4.3 years.

The Company granted 1,500 shares of restricted stock to one director effective May 1, 2014 under the 2004 Plan. The restricted stock was immediately vested on the grant date. Compensation expense relating to the restricted stock awards is based on the grant-date fair value of $14.75 per share and amounted to $22 thousand for the year ending December 31, 2014.

The Company granted a total of 4,500 shares of restricted stock to a non-executive employee effective March 1, 2013. The restricted stock was granted under the 2004 Plan. The restricted stock vests ratably over a five year period beginning on March 1, 2014. Compensation expense relating to these restricted stock awards is based on the grant-date fair value of $13.50 per share and amounted to $12 thousand for the year ending December 31, 2014 and $10 thousand for the year ending December 31, 2013. The remaining unrecognized compensation expense at December 31, 2014 of $38 thousand will be recognized over the next 3.2 years.

F-38

The Company granted a total of 10,000 shares of restricted stock to the Executive Chairman effective May 1, 2013. The restricted stock was granted under the 2004 Plan. The restricted stock vests ratably over a five year period beginning on May 1, 2014. Compensation expense relating to these restricted stock awards is based on the grant-date fair value of $12.81 per share and amounted to $26 thousand for the year ending December 31, 2014 and $17 thousand for the year ending December 31, 2013. The remaining unrecognized compensation expense at December 31, 2014 of $85 thousand will be recognized over the next 3.3 years.

The Company granted a total of 35,000 shares of restricted stock to seven directors effective June 14, 2012. The restricted stock was granted under the 2004 Plan and awards directors shares of restricted common stock of the Company. In 2012, 5,000 shares of the awarded restricted stock shares were forfeited, leaving 30,000 shares of restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2014. The restricted stock vests ratably over a five year period beginning on June 13, 2013. Compensation expense relating to the restricted stock awards is based on the grant-date fair value of $12.56 per share and amounted to $75 thousand for the years ending December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, and $38 thousand for the year ending December 31, 2012. The remaining unrecognized compensation expense at December 31, 2014 of $188 thousand will be recognized over the next 2.5 years.

NOTE 12. Employee benefit plans:

Defined Benefit Pension Plan

The Company has a defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all full-time employees who have attained age 21 and have completed one year of service. Annual contributions to the plan are based on actuarial estimates. In December 2006, the Company elected to suspend the plan so that employees no longer earn additional benefits for future service under this plan.

The following tables set forth information about the plan for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013			2012
Change in projected benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	6,961		$	7,507		$	6,560
Interest cost		341			332			338
Actuarial loss (gain)		2,069			(648	)		838
Benefits paid		(247	)		(220	)		(229	)
Settlements		(150	)		(10	)		—
Benefit obligation at end of year		8,974			6,961			7,507
Change in plan assets:
Plan assets at estimated fair value at beginning of year		8,186			7,361			6,828
Actual return on plan assets		390			1,055			756
Benefits paid		(247	)		(220	)		(229	)
Settlements		(150	)		(10	)		—
Contributions		—			—			6
Fair value of plan assets at end of year		8,179			8,186			7,361
Funded status	$	(795	)	$	1,225		$	(146	)

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss, before tax effect, consist of unrecognized net actuarial losses of $5.0 million and $2.8 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The discount rate and rate of increase in future compensation levels used in determining the actuarial present value of the projected benefit obligation were 4.24% and 0%, respectively, at December 31, 2014, 5.00% and 0%, respectively, at December 31, 2013, and 4.50% and 0%, respectively, at December 31, 2012.

F-39

The accumulated benefit obligation for the defined benefit pension plan was $9.0 million and $7.0 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Components of net periodic (benefit) cost and other comprehensive loss (income) for the years ended December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013			2012
Interest cost on benefit obligation	$	341		$	332		$	338
Expected return on assets		(646	)		(579	)		(536	)
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss		173			303			258
Net periodic (benefit) cost		(132	)		56			60
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized as other comprehensive loss (income), before tax effect:
Actuarial loss (gain)		2,325			(1,124	)		618
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss		(173	)		(303	)		(258	)
Total recognized as other comprehensive loss (income)		2,152			(1,427	)		360
Total recognized as net periodic (benefit) cost and other comprehensive loss (income)	$	2,020		$	(1,371	)	$	420

The estimated net loss that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic pension benefit over the year ended December 31, 2015 is $355 thousand.

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the assumptions used to determine the net period pension cost are as follows:

	2014			2013			2012
Discount rate		5.00	%		4.50	%		5.25	%
Increase in future compensation levels		—			—			—
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets		8.00			8.00			8.00

The Company has examined the historical benchmarks for returns in each asset class in its portfolio, and based on the target asset mix has developed a weighted-average expected return for the portfolio as a whole, partly taking into consideration forecasts of long-term expected inflation rates of 2.5%. The long-term rate of return used by the Company is 8.0%. This rate was determined by adding the expected inflation rates to the weighted sum of the expected long-term return on each asset allocation.

F-40

Plan Assets

The Company’s pension plan assets measured at fair value at December 31, 2014, by asset category, are as follows:

	Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:
Asset Category	Total		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets Level 1		Significant Other Observable Inputs Level 2		Significant Unobservable Inputs Level 3
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2014:
U.S. equity securities	$	868	$	473	$	395	$	—
Registered investment companies(a)		7,271		7,271		—		—
Money market		40		40		—		—
Totals	$	8,179	$	7,784	$	395	$	—

(a) Includes 52% invested in fixed income funds and 48% invested in equity and index funds.

The Company’s pension plan assets measured at fair value at December 31, 2013, by asset category, are as follows:

	Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:
Asset Category	Total		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets Level 1		Significant Other Observable Inputs Level 2		Significant Unobservable Inputs Level 3
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2013:
U.S. equity securities	$	857	$	462	$	395	$	—
Registered investment companies(a)		7,184		7,184		—		—
Money market		145		145		—		—
Totals	$	8,186	$	7,791	$	395	$	—

(a) Includes 53% invested in fixed income funds and 47% invested in equity and index funds.

The Company’s pension plan assets are generally classified within level 1 or level 2 of the fair value hierarchy (See Note 14, “Fair Value Measurements,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the fair value hierarchy) because they are valued using quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations, or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency.

Equity securities include 30,294 shares of the Company’s common stock as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. The fair values of the shares on those dates were $473 thousand (5.8% of total plan assets) and $462 thousand (5.6% of total plan assets), respectively.

The investment policy for the defined benefit pension plan sponsored by the Company is based on ERISA standards for prudent investing. The Company seeks maximum return, while limiting risk, through a balanced portfolio of equity and fixed income investments. The investment objectives also include appreciation of principal with a modest requirement for current income. The investment horizon varies with circumstances. Within each asset class, a diversified mix of individual securities and bonds is selected.

F-41

To maximize the ability of achieving the Company’s overall goals for the plan’s assets and to provide the required level of income each year, the allocation between common stocks, bonds and cash equivalents shall adhere to the following target allocation based on market value:

	Target Allocation
Equities		38-58	%
Fixed income		42-62	%

The Company does not expect to contribute to the defined benefit pension plan in 2015.

Estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
2015	$	345
2016		346
2017		374
2018		391
2019		412
Years 2020-2024		2,348

Defined Contribution Plan

The Bank sponsors a Profit Sharing—Stock Ownership Plan. The Bank may elect, but is not required, to make discretionary and/or matching contributions to the Plan.

For 2014, 2013 and 2012, participating employees’ contributions totaled $1.0 million, $954 thousand and $812 thousand, respectively. The Bank made contributions totaling $828 thousand for 2014, $802 thousand for 2013 and $652 thousand for 2012. A participant’s retirement benefit will depend on the amount of the contributions to the Plan together with the gains or losses on the investments.

Effective January 1, 2008, the Bank amended the Profit Sharing—Stock Ownership Plan whereby employees will receive a safe harbor, nonelective contribution equal to 3% of compensation for the plan year, as defined in the plan. In addition, the Bank shall make a matching contribution in an amount equal to employees’ elective deferrals up to a percentage of compensation for the plan year, to be determined annually, not to exceed 4%. Finally, the Bank may make an additional profit sharing contribution, determined annually, to be allocated on a pro rata basis to eligible employees based on their compensation in relation to the compensation of all participants.

The Company has entered into salary continuation agreements for supplemental retirement income with certain executives and senior officers. The total liability for these agreements included in other liabilities was $4.8 million and $4.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Expense recorded under these agreements was $939 thousand and $690 thousand in 2014 and 2013, respectively. $166 thousand was paid to retired executives and one active employee in 2014 per the agreements, $219 thousand was paid to retired executives and one active employee in 2013 and $45 thousand was paid to a retired executive in 2012.

Effective as of June 1, 2012, the Company and the Bank entered into an employment agreement (“the Agreement”) with the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The Agreement has an initial term of three years and will automatically extend annually for one year unless either the Company or the President gives contrary written notice in advance. The Agreement provides for a guaranteed minimum salary and certain benefits.

F-42

In the event of voluntary termination without cause or voluntary termination with good reason, the executive is entitled to receive a severance benefit equal to a lump sum payment equal to salary and bonus which the executive would have received had he continued to work for the remaining unexpired term; and certain other benefits per the Agreement.

Upon a Change in Control, as defined in the Agreement, the executive will receive the severance benefits described above with such benefits being calculated as if the remaining unexpired term of the agreement was three years.

The Company has a change in control agreement with the Chief Operating Officer in which the officer will receive a lump sum severance payment equal to three year’s annual base salary in effect as of the date of termination.

The Company also has change of control agreements with the Chief Financial Officer and five other officers in which the officer will receive a lump sum severance payment equal to one year’s annual base salary in effect as of the date of termination.

On October 7, 2011, the Bank entered into parallel employment agreements with the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of MEI. The employment agreements are for a period of three years, and extend automatically for three additional three year renewal periods unless either the Company or the executive give contrary written notice in advance. The employment agreements provide for a guaranteed minimum salary, performance bonus and certain benefits.

The employment agreements also provide for severance benefits upon termination without cause, or following a change in control, in amounts of and/or for the remaining unexpired employment period as defined in the employment agreement.

In 2008, the Company adopted ASC 715, “Compensation—Retirement Benefits,” and recognized a liability for the Company’s future postretirement benefit obligations under endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangements. The total liability for the arrangements included in other liabilities was $457 thousand at December 31, 2014 and $364 thousand at December 31, 2013. The Company recorded expense under this arrangement of $93 thousand in 2014, $14 thousand in 2013 and $15 thousand in 2012.

NOTE 13. Commitments and contingencies:

In the normal course of business, the Company has outstanding various commitments and contingent liabilities, such as legal claims, which are not reflected in the consolidated financial statements. Management does not anticipate any material loss as a result of these transactions.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company was obligated under non-cancelable operating leases for bank premises and equipment expiring between March 31, 2015 and July 31, 2024. The total minimum rent commitments due in future periods under these existing agreements are as follows as of December 31, 2014:

(Dollars in thousands)
2015	$	655
2016		562
2017		463
2018		403
2019		341
Thereafter		590
Total minimum lease payments	$	3,014

F-43

Certain leases contain provisions for escalation of minimum lease payments contingent upon increases in real estate taxes and percentage increases in the consumer price index. The total rental expense amounted to $758 thousand, $603 thousand and $506 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

NOTE 14. Fair value measurements:

ASC 820-10, “Fair Value Measurement—Overall,” provides a framework for measuring fair value under generally accepted accounting principles. This guidance also allows an entity the irrevocable option to elect fair value for the initial and subsequent measurement for certain financial assets and liabilities on a contract-by-contract basis.

In accordance with ASC 820-10, the Company groups its financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.

Level 1—Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in active exchange markets, such as the New York Stock Exchange. Level 1 also includes U.S. Treasury, other U.S. Government and agency mortgage-backed securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active markets. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in less active dealer or broker markets. Valuations are obtained from third party pricing services for identical or comparable assets or liabilities.

Level 3—Valuations for assets and liabilities that are derived from other methodologies, including option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques, are not based on market exchange, dealer, or broker traded transactions. Level 3 valuations incorporate certain assumptions and projections in determining the fair value assigned to such assets and liabilities.

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below. These valuation methodologies were applied to all of the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities carried at fair value for December 31, 2014 and 2013. The Company did not have any significant transfers of assets between level 1 and level 2 of the fair value hierarchy during the year ended December 31, 2014.

The Company’s investments in marketable equity securities are generally classified within level 1 or level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations, or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency.

The Company’s investment in mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, and other debt securities available-for-sale are generally classified within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. For these securities, the Company obtains fair value measurements from independent pricing services. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. treasury yield curve, trading levels, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information and the instrument’s terms and conditions.

The Company’s derivative financial instruments are generally classified within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. For these financial instruments, the Company obtains fair value measurements from independent pricing services. The fair value measurements utilize a discounted cash flow model that incorporates and

F-44

considers observable data that may include publicly available third party market quotes in developing the curve utilized for discounting future cash flows.

Level 3 is for positions that are not traded in active markets or are subject to transfer restrictions, valuations are adjusted to reflect illiquidity and/or non-transferability, and such adjustments are generally based on available market evidence. In the absence of such evidence, management’s best estimate is used. Subsequent to inception, management only changes level 3 inputs and assumptions when corroborated by evidence such as transactions in similar instruments, completed or pending third-party transactions in the underlying investment or comparable entities, subsequent rounds of financing, recapitalization and other transactions across the capital structure, offerings in the equity or debt markets, and changes in financial ratios or cash flows.

The Company’s impaired loans are reported at the fair value of the underlying collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Collateral values are estimated using level 2 inputs based upon appraisals of similar properties obtained from a third party. For level 3 inputs, fair value is based upon management estimates of the value of the underlying collateral or the present value of the expected cash flows.

Other real estate owned values are estimated using level 2 inputs based upon appraisals of similar properties obtained from a third party. For level 3 inputs, fair values are based on management estimates.

The following summarizes assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

	Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:
(Dollars in thousands)	Total		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets Level 1		Significant Other Observable Inputs Level 2		Significant Unobservable Inputs Level 3
December 31, 2014:
U.S. Treasury notes	$	40,123	$	—	$	40,123	$	—
Government-sponsored enterprise bonds		7,265		—		7,265		—
Mortgage-backed securities		58,280		—		58,280		—
Municipal bonds		9,596		—		9,596		—
Other bonds and debentures		126		—		126		—
Equity securities		308		308		—		—
Totals	$	115,698	$	308	$	115,390	$	—
December 31, 2013:
U.S. Treasury notes	$	50,016	$	—	$	50,016	$	—
Government-sponsored enterprise bonds		7,160		—		7,160		—
Mortgage-backed securities		46,647		—		46,647		—
Municipal bonds		20,106		—		20,106		—
Other bonds and debentures		275		—		275		—
Equity securities		1,034		1,034		—		—
Totals	$	125,238	$	1,034	$	124,204	$	—

F-45

The following table presents the assets carried on the consolidated balance sheet by caption and by level in the fair value hierarchy at December 31, 2014 and 2013 for which a nonrecurring change in fair value has been recorded:

	Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:
(Dollars in thousands)	Total		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets Level 1		Significant Other Observable Inputs Level 2		Significant Unobservable Inputs Level 3
December 31, 2014:
Impaired loans	$	997	$	—	$	—	$	997
Other real estate owned		251		—		—		251
Totals	$	1,248	$	—	$	—	$	1,248
December 31, 2013:
Impaired loans	$	2,321	$	—	$	—	$	2,321
Other real estate owned		1,343		—		—		1,343
Totals	$	3,664	$	—	$	—	$	3,664

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments, all of which are held or issued for purposes other than trading, were as follows as of December 31:

	December 31, 2014
	Carrying Amount		Fair Value
(Dollars in thousands)			Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	51,120	$	51,120	$	—	$	—	$	51,120
Interest-bearing time deposits with other banks		747		—		747		—		747
Securities available-for-sale		115,698		308		115,390		—		115,698
Federal Home Loan Bank stock		10,762		10,762		—		—		10,762
Loans held-for-sale		2,000		—		2,029		—		2,029
Loans, net		1,206,845		—		—		1,205,578		1,205,578
Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries		620		—		—		400		400
Accrued interest receivable		2,576		2,576		—		—		2,576
Financial liabilities:
Deposits		1,152,714		—		1,154,466		—		1,154,466
FHLB advances		140,992		—		141,746		—		141,746
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		16,756		16,756		—		—		16,756
Subordinated debentures		37,620		—		—		29,909		29,909

F-46

	December 31, 2013
	Carrying Amount		Fair Value
(Dollars in thousands)			Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	33,578	$	33,578	$	—	$	—	$	33,578
Interest-bearing time deposits with other banks		1,743		—		1,743		—		1,743
Securities available-for-sale		125,238		1,034		124,204		—		125,238
Federal Home Loan Bank stock		9,760		9,760		—		—		9,760
Loans held-for-sale		680		—		683		—		683
Loans, net		1,134,110		—		—		1,136,761		1,136,761
Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries		620		—		—		587		587
Accrued interest receivable		2,628		2,628		—		—		2,628
Financial liabilities:
Deposits		1,088,092		—		1,091,419		—		1,091,419
FHLB advances		121,734		—		123,166		—		123,166
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		27,885		27,885		—		—		27,885
Subordinated debentures		20,620		—		—		19,519		19,519

The carrying amounts of financial instruments shown in the above table are included in the consolidated balance sheets under the indicated captions, except for investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries, which is included in other assets. Accounting policies related to financial instruments are described in Note 1.

NOTE 15. Acquisitions:

On September 4, 2013, the Bank acquired the remaining 50% of CHC that was not previously owned by the Company for $6.2 million in cash. The Bank was one of the six original owners of CHC and now, as a result of this acquisition, is the sole owner of CHC and its subsidiaries. Goodwill recognized amounted to $4.6 million and of that total, none is deductible for tax purposes. A remeasurement gain of $1.4 million was recorded in noninterest income based on the fair value of the Company’s equity interest in CHC immediately before the business combination. The acquisition date fair value of the Company’s equity interest in CHC was based on independent third party valuations of CHC as a whole obtained by the buyer and the seller and the agreed-upon arm’s length purchase price of fifty percent of CHC from another financial institution. The agreed-upon purchase price of $6.2 million was based on the third party valuations. The carrying value of the equity investment prior to acquisition was $4.8 million resulting in the remeasurement gain of $1.4 million to reflect the value of $6.2 million for 50% ownership at acquisition.

CTC, a subsidiary of CHC, was formed in 1984 as a New Hampshire-chartered non-depository trust company and is regulated by the State of New Hampshire Banking Department. Headquartered in Concord, New Hampshire, CTC also has offices in New London, Meredith, Peterborough, Hanover and Rochester. CTC’s team of professional wealth advisors and investment managers work confidentially with individuals and families to create, manage and preserve wealth. Managing over $1.5 billion in client assets, CTC acts as fiduciaries for clients in 43 states and 10 countries. For the Bank, full ownership of CTC marks an important milestone in the Bank’s plan to provide a fully comprehensive one-stop financial services company. As part of this plan, the Bank also acquired a New Hampshire-based independent insurance agency, MEI, in 2011. With these strategic acquisitions, the Bank can now offer financial leadership, products and services to customers at any stage of life.

On October 25, 2013, the Company acquired a 100% ownership interest in Central Financial Corporation. Costs to acquire consisted of 1,087,416 shares issued with a market value of $14.70 per share for a total acquisition cost of $16 million. Goodwill recognized amounted to $4.6 million and of that total, none is

F-47

deductible for tax purposes. The Company acquired Central Financial Corporation to solidify its presence in Vermont, doubling the number of banking offices with the single acquisition to serve present and future customers.

A summary of the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisitions is as follows:

	Central Financial		Charter Holding
(Dollars in thousands)	Corporation		Corporation
Cash and due from banks	$	17,512	$	3,095
Interest-bearing time deposits with other banks		1,992
Federal Home Loan Bank stock		467		—
Securities available-for-sale		6,494		633
Loans, net		127,721		—
Other real estate owned		1,477		—
Premises and equipment		2,532		1,365
Other assets and accrued interest receivable		1,669		1,411
Total assets acquired		159,864		6,504
Total deposits		149,684		—
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		2,602		—
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		791		2,706
Total liabilities assumed		153,077		2,706
Net assets acquired		6,787		3,798
Goodwill		4,630		4,566
Core deposit intangible asset		4,568		—
Customer list intangible asset		—		4,036
Total purchase price	$	15,985	$	12,400

On December 21, 2012, the Company acquired The Nashua Bank. Costs to acquire consisted of cash of $3.7 million, 1,153,544 shares issued ($12.76 market value per share, or $14.7 million) and preferred stock assumed of $3.0 million for a total acquisition cost of $21.4 million. Goodwill recognized amounted to $6.7 million and of that total, none is deductible for tax purposes.

F-48

A summary of the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)	The Nashua Bank
Cash and due from banks	$	2,790
Federal Home Loan Bank stock		383
Securities available-for-sale		20,852
Loans, net		88,203
Premises and equipment		729
Investment in real estate		249
Other assets and accrued interest receivable		470
Total assets acquired		113,676
Total deposits		98,479
FHLB advances		1,754
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		897
Total liabilities assumed		101,130
Net assets acquired		12,546
Goodwill		6,746
Core deposit intangible asset		2,086
Total purchase price	$	21,378

The results of operations of the acquired entities have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the respective acquisition dates.

The following pro forma information assumes that the acquisitions had occurred at the beginning of each of the periods presented.

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)	2013		2012
Total revenue	$	65,880	$	67,299
Net income	$	10,219	$	9,345
Net income available to common shareholders	$	9,903	$	8,649
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	1.21	$	1.05
Diluted	$	1.21	$	1.05

The pro forma information is presented for information purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that actually would have been achieved had the acquisition been consummated as of that time, nor is it intended to be a projection of future results.

NOTE 16. Stockholders’ equity:

Liquidation account—On May 22, 1986, the Lake Sunapee Bank, FSB received approval from the FHLB and converted from a federally chartered mutual savings bank to a federally chartered stock savings bank. At the time of conversion, the Bank established a liquidation account in an amount of $4.3 million (equal to the Bank’s net worth as of the date of the latest financial statement included in the final offering circular used in connection with the conversion). The liquidation account will be maintained for the benefit of eligible account holders who maintain their deposit accounts in the Bank after conversion. In the event of a complete liquidation of the Bank subsequent to conversion (and only in such event), each eligible account holder will be entitled to receive a liquidation distribution from the liquidation account before any liquidation distribution may be made with respect to capital stock. The amount of the liquidation account is reduced to the extent that the balances of eligible

F-49

deposit accounts are reduced on any year-end closing date subsequent to the conversion. Company management believes the balance in the liquidation account would be immaterial to the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2014.

Dividends—The Bank may not declare or pay a cash dividend on or purchase any of its stock if the effect would be to reduce the net worth of the Bank below either the amount of the liquidation account or the net worth requirements of the banking regulators.

Special bad debts deduction—In prior years, the Bank was allowed a special tax-basis bad debt deduction under certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. As a result, retained income of the Bank, as of December 31, 2014, includes $2.1 million for which federal and state income taxes have not been provided. If the Bank no longer qualifies as a bank as defined in certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, this amount will be subject to recapture in taxable income ratably over four (4) years, subject to a combined federal and state tax rate of approximately 40%.

NOTE 17. Earnings per share (EPS):

Reconciliation of the numerators and the denominators of the basic and diluted per share computations for net income are as follows:

	Income			Shares		Per-Share
(Dollars in thousands, except for per share data):	(Numerator)			(Denominator)		Amount
Year ended December 31, 2014
Basic EPS
Net income as reported	$	10,040
Preferred stock dividend earned		(230	)
Net income available to common stockholders		9,810			8,235,213	$	1.19
Effect of dilutive securities, options		—			11,315
Diluted EPS
Income available to common stockholders and assumed conversions	$	9,810			8,246,528	$	1.19
Year ended December 31, 2013
Basic EPS
Net income as reported	$	8,414
Preferred stock dividend earned		(316	)
Net income available to common stockholders		8,098			7,294,916	$	1.11
Effect of dilutive securities, options		—			6,945
Diluted EPS
Income available to common stockholders and assumed conversions	$	8,098			7,301,861	$	1.11
Year ended December 31, 2012
Basic EPS
Net income as reported	$	7,759
Preferred stock dividend earned		(666	)
Net income available to common stockholders		7,093			5,907,113	$	1.20
Effect of dilutive securities, options		—			4,938
Diluted EPS
Income available to common stockholders and assumed conversions	$	7,093			5,912,051	$	1.20

F-50

NOTE 18. Other comprehensive (loss) income:

Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the consolidated balance sheets, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income.

The components of other comprehensive loss included in stockholders’ equity are as follows during the years ended December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013			2012
Net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities	$	2,367		$	(2,979	)	$	2,942
Reclassification adjustment for realized gains in net income		(950	)		(964	)		(3,819	)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before income tax effect		1,417			(3,943	)		(877	)
Income tax (expense) benefit		(560	)		1,561			347
		857			(2,382	)		(530	)
Other comprehensive (loss) income—pension plan (See Note 12)		(2,152	)		1,427			(360	)
Income tax benefit (expense)		853			(567	)		143
		(1,299	)		860			(217	)
Change in fair value of derivatives used for cash flow hedges		—			166			302
Income tax expense		—			(65	)		(120	)
		—			101			182
Other comprehensive income—equity investment		—			12			8
Reclassification adjustment for realized gains in net income		—			(44	)		—
Other comprehensive (loss) income before income tax effect		—			(32	)		8
Income tax benefit (expense)		—			—			—
		—			(32	)		8
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax effect	$	(442	)	$	(1,453	)	$	(557	)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss consists of the following as of December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013			2012
Net unrealized holding (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities, net of taxes	$	(341	)	$	(1,198	)	$	1,184
Unrecognized net actuarial loss, defined benefit pension plan, net of tax		(2,998	)		(1,699	)		(2,559	)
Unrecognized net loss, derivative, net of tax		—			—			(101	)
Unrecognized net income, equity investment, net of tax		—			—			32
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	$	(3,339	)	$	(2,897	)	$	(1,444	)

F-51

Realized gains and losses on securities are identified on the consolidated statements of income as net gain on sales and calls of securities. Gains from the former equity investment in CHC were reported on the consolidated statements of income within remeasurement gain of equity interest in CHC. The tax effect of these realized gains and losses, if any, are included in provision for income taxes, and the after tax amount is included in the net income.

NOTE 19. Regulatory matters:

The Bank is subject to various capital requirements administered by its primary federal regulator, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. Failure to meet minimum regulatory requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s consolidated financial statements. Under the regulatory capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines involving quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classifications under the prompt corrective action guidelines are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of Total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to total assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

As of December 31, 2014, the most recent notification from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

											To Be Well
											Capitalized Under
						For Capital					Prompt Corrective
	Actual					Adequacy Purposes					Action Provisions
(Dollars in thousands)	Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio
As of December 31, 2014:
Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets	$	131,597		13.28	%	$	79,283		8.0	%	$	99,103		10.0	%
Tier 1 Capital to Risk Weighted Assets		122,161		12.33			39,641		4.0			59,462		6.0
Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets		122,161		8.43			57,937		4.0			72,421		5.0
As of December 31, 2013:
Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets	$	123,556		12.89	%	$	74,876		8.0	%	$	94,044		10.0	%
Tier 1 Capital to Risk Weighted Assets		113,382		11.83			38,337		4.0			57,506		6.0
Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets		113,382		8.29			54,688		4.0			68,360		5.0

F-52

The following is a reconcilement of the Bank’s total equity, included in the consolidated balance sheet, to the regulatory capital ratios disclosed in the table above:

	December 31, 2014						December 31, 2013
	Tier 1			Total			Tier 1			Total
(Dollars in thousands)	Capital			Capital			Capital			Capital
Total stockholders’ equity	$	172,730		$	172,730		$	166,183		$	166,182
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		3,339			3,339			2,851			2,982
Allowable allowance for loan losses		—			9,436			—			10,043
Goodwill and intangible assets		(53,908	)		(53,908	)		(55,652	)		(55,652	)
Totals	$	122,161		$	131,597		$	113,382		$	123,555

On July 2, 2013, the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) approved the final rules implementing the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s capital guidelines for U.S. banks. On July 9, 2013, the FDIC also approved, as an interim final rule, the regulatory capital requirements for U.S. banks, following the actions of the FRB. On April 8, 2014, the FDIC adopted as final its interim final rule, which is identical in substance to the final rules issued by the FRB in July 2013. Under the final rules, minimum requirements will increase for both the quantity and quality of capital held by the Bank. The rules include a new common equity Tier 1 capital risk-weighted assets minimum ratio of 4.5%, raise the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4.0% to 6.0%, require a minimum ratio of Total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, and require a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. A new capital conservation buffer, comprised of common equity Tier 1 capital, is also established above the regulatory minimum capital requirements. This capital conservation buffer will be phased in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increase each subsequent year by an additional 0.625% until reaching its final level of 2.5% on January 1, 2019. Strict eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments were also implemented under the final rules.

The phase-in period for the final rules will begin for the Bank on January 1, 2015, with full compliance with all of the final rule’s requirements phased in over a multi-year schedule and should be fully phased-in by January 1, 2019. Management believes that the Bank’s capital levels will remain characterized as “well-capitalized” under the new rules.

NOTE 20. Preferred stock:

On January 16, 2009, as part of the Capital Purchase Program, the Company entered into a Letter Agreement with the Treasury pursuant to which the Company issued and sold to the Treasury 10,000 shares of the Company’s Fixed-Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, par value $0.01 per preferred share, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per preferred share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and a ten-year warrant to purchase up to 184,275 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per common share (the “Common Stock”), at an initial exercise price of $8.14 per common share (the “Warrant”), for an aggregate purchase price of $10.0 million in cash. All of the proceeds from the sale of the Series A Preferred Stock were treated as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes. The Warrant was immediately exercisable. On August 25, 2011, the Company redeemed 10,000 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock for $10.0 million. The Warrant was repurchased in its entirety by the Company on February 15, 2012.

On August 25, 2011, as part of the Small Business Lending Fund (“SBLF”), the Company entered into a Purchase Agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”) pursuant to which the Company issued and sold to the Treasury 20,000 shares of the Company’s Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, par value $0.01 per preferred share, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per preferred share (the “Series B Preferred Stock”). The SBLF is the Treasury’s effort to bring Main Street banks and small businesses together to help create jobs and promote economic growth in local communities. The Company used $10.0 million of the SBLF proceeds to repurchase the Series A Preferred Stock issued under the Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program as indicated in the preceding paragraph.

F-53

As part of the acquisition of The Nashua Bank, on December 21, 2012, the Company assumed The Nashua Bank’s outstanding 3,000 shares of Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “TNB Preferred Stock”) issued to Treasury under the SBLF program.

The Company’s initial dividend rate payable on SBLF capital is, at most, five percent, and the dividend rate falls to one percent if a bank’s small business lending increases by ten percent or more. Banks that increase their lending by less than ten percent but more than 2.5 percent pay rates between two percent and four percent. If a bank’s lending does not increase in the first two years, however, the rate increases to seven percent, and after 4.5 years total, the rate increases to nine percent regardless of the amount of small business lending activities. The dividend will be paid only when declared by the Company’s Board of Directors. The Series B Preferred Stock has no maturity date and ranks senior to the Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and distributions and amounts payable upon liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Company. The Series B Preferred Stock generally is non-voting, other than class voting on certain matters that could adversely affect the Series B Preferred Stock.

The Company was a participant in the TARP Capital Purchase Program and did not redeem, or apply to redeem, the TARP investment on or prior to December 16, 2010, therefore, if at the beginning of the tenth full calendar quarter after the investment date the amount of Qualified Small Business Lending has not increased over the Baseline Amount (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), then at the beginning of the fifth anniversary of the TARP Capital Purchase Program, or January 16, 2014, and at the beginning of each full calendar quarter thereafter, the Company shall pay the Treasury a lending incentive fee equal to 2% per annum of the aggregate liquidation preference of the then-outstanding SBLF Preferred Stock. This lending incentive fee terminates 4.5 years after the investment date.

The SBLF Preferred Stock may be redeemed at any time by the Company, subject to the approval of its federal banking regulator. The redemption price is the aggregate liquidation preference of the SBLF Preferred Stock plus accrued but unpaid dividends and pro rata portion of any lending incentive fee. All redemptions must be in an amount at least equal to 25% of the number of originally issued shares of SBLF Preferred Stock, or 100% of the then-outstanding shares if less than 25% of the number of shares originally issued.

On December 29, 2014, the Company redeemed $15.0 million of the outstanding preferred securities issued under the U.S. Treasury’s SBLF program. The redemption was funded with the proceeds of the $17.0 million private placement of subordinated notes, which the Company completed in October 2014, as described in Note 2. At December 31, 2014, $8.0 million of preferred securities are outstanding under the SBLF program. The Company anticipates redeeming the preferred securities on or before first quarter 2016 when the dividend on such securities is scheduled to increase from 1% to 9%.

NOTE 21. Financial instruments:

The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to originate loans, standby letters of credit and unadvanced funds on loans. The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheets. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for loan commitments and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amounts of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

Commitments to originate loans are agreements to lend to a customer provided there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination

F-54

clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies, but may include secured interests in mortgages, accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment and income-producing properties.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance by a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the maximum potential amount of the Company’s obligation was $1.1 million for financial and standby letters of credit. The Company’s outstanding letters of credit generally have a term of less than one year. If a letter of credit is drawn upon, the Company may seek recourse through the customer’s underlying line of credit. If the customer’s line of credit is also in default, the Company may take possession of the collateral, if any, securing the line of credit.

Notional amounts of financial liabilities with off-balance sheet credit risk are as follows as of December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
Commitments to extend credit	$	25,503	$	20,793
Letters of credit	$	1,146	$	1,065
Lines of credit	$	119,901	$	122,031
Unadvanced portion of construction loans	$	12,560	$	23,320

NOTE 22. Goodwill and intangible assets:

The following table represents the Company’s goodwill and intangible assets by related acquisition at December 31, 2014:

(Dollars in thousands)	Goodwill		Intangible Assets		Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Landmark Bank	$	2,472	$	—	$	2,472
New London Trust		9,668		—		9,668
First Brandon		7,503		191		7,694
First Community		7,651		95		7,746
McCrillis & Eldredge		1,356		398		1,754
The Nashua Bank		6,786		1,366		8,152
Charter Holding Corporation		4,760		3,374		8,134
Central Financial Corporation		4,380		3,908		8,288
Total	$	44,576	$	9,332	$	53,908

The Company evaluated its goodwill and intangible assets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and found no impairment.

F-55

A summary of acquired amortizing intangible assets is as follows:

	Gross				Net
	Carrying		Accumulated		Carrying
(Dollars in thousands)	Amount		Amortization		Amount
December 31, 2014:
Core deposit intangible-First Brandon	$	2,476	$	2,285	$	191
Core deposit intangible-First Community		992		897		95
Customer list intangible-McCrillis & Eldredge		629		231		398
Core deposit intangible—The Nashua Bank		2,086		720		1,366
Customer list intangible-Charter Holding Corporation		4,036		662		3,374
Core deposit intangible-Central Financial Corporation		4,568		660		3,908
Total	$	14,787	$	5,455	$	9,332
December 31, 2013:
Core deposit intangible-First Brandon	$	2,476	$	2,131	$	345
Core deposit intangible-First Community		992		830		162
Customer list intangible-McCrillis & Eldredge		629		164		465
Core deposit intangible—The Nashua Bank		2,086		379		1,707
Customer list intangible-Charter Holding Corporation		4,036		168		3,868
Core deposit intangible-Central Financial Corporation		4,568		95		4,473
Total	$	14,787	$	3,767	$	11,020

Aggregate amortization expense for core deposit intangibles was $1.1 million in 2014, $759 thousand in 2013 and $348 thousand in 2012. Amortization for core deposit intangibles is being calculated on the sum-of-the-years digits method over periods ranging from ten through fifteen years. Aggregate amortization expense for customer list intangibles was $561 thousand in 2014, $241 thousand in 2013 and $77 thousand in 2012. Amortization for customer list intangibles is being calculated on the sum-of-the-years digits method over 15 years.

Estimated amortization expense for each of the five years succeeding 2014 is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
2015	$	1,510
2016		1,332
2017		1,154
2018		1,007
2019		892

NOTE 23. Operating Segments:

The Company has two reportable operating segments: Banking, which includes the activities of the Bank and its subsidiaries, excluding CHC, and Wealth Management, which includes the activities of CHC and its subsidiaries. New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. operates as the parent company of the Bank and its subsidiaries and all financial activity between them is eliminated.

The accounting policies of each reportable segment are the same as those of the Company. Income tax expense for the individual segments is calculated based on the activity of the segments. CHC was acquired on September 4, 2013 and did not meet the requirements for disclosure of a reportable segment for the year ended December 31, 2013. There were no other reportable operating segments for the year ended December 31, 2012.

F-56

A summary of the Company’s operating segments is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)	Banking		Wealth Management		Holding Company			Eliminations			Total Consolidated
Year Ended December 31, 2014
Net interest and dividend income (expense)	$	42,757	$	7	$	(835	)	$	—		$	41,929
Provision for loan losses		905		—		—			—			905
Non-interest income		10,810		8,416		6,993			(6,993	)		19,226
Non-interest expense		38,865		7,035		746			—			46,646
Income before provision for income taxes		13,797		1,388		5,412			(6,993	)		13,604
Provision for income taxes		3,704		488		(628	)		—			3,564
Net income	$	10,093	$	900	$	6,040		$	(6,993	)	$	10,040
Total Assets	$	1,480,357	$	18,325	$	177,837		$	(172,733	)	$	1,503,786

NOTE 24. Condensed parent company only financial statements:

The following are condensed balance sheets, statements of income and cash flows for New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc. (“Parent Company Only”) as of and for the years ended December 31:

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands)	2014		2013
ASSETS
Cash	$	3,079	$	2,589
Investment in subsidiary, Lake Sunapee Bank		172,730		166,182
Investment in affiliate, NHTB Capital Trust II		310		310
Investment in affiliate, NHTB Capital Trust III		310		310
Deferred expenses		818		218
Advances to Lake Sunapee Bank		68		28
Other assets		522		429
Total assets	$	177,837	$	170,066
LIABILITIES
Subordinated debentures	$	37,620	$	20,620
Other liabilities		381		189
Total liabilities		38,001		20,809
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Stockholders’ equity		139,836		149,257
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	177,837	$	170,066

F-57

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013			2012
Dividends from subsidiary, Lake Sunapee Bank	$	4,000		$	4,000		$	—
Dividends from subsidiaries, NHTB Capital Trust II and III		20			19			20
Interest expense on subordinated debentures		855			806			1,027
Interest expense on other borrowings		—			—			2
Net operating loss including tax benefit		(118	)		(796	)		(840	)
Income (loss) before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries		3,047			2,417			(1,849	)
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries		6,993			5,997			9,608
Net income	$	10,040		$	8,414		$	7,759

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in thousands)	2014			2013			2012
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	10,040		$	8,414		$	7,759
Decrease (increase) in other assets		31			(16	)		1
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable and other liabilities		164			(397	)		345
(Increase) decrease in taxes receivable		(113	)		(87	)		97
Deferred tax benefit		(11	)		(11	)		(15	)
Tax benefit for stock options and awards		(2	)		(30	)		(25	)
Amortization of deferred expenses relating to issuance of capital securities and subordinated debentures		20			11			11
Stock award expense		165			103			38
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries		(6,993	)		(5,997	)		(9,608	)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		3,301			1,990			(1,397	)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Investment in subsidiary, Lake Sunapee Bank		3			(15,884	)		(10,364	)
Net change in advances to subsidiary, Lake Sunapee Bank		(40	)		45			(30	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(37	)		(15,839	)		(10,394	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from exercise of stock options		92			514			365
Assumption of preferred stock		—			—			3,000
Issuance of subordinated debt, net of issuance costs		16,380
Issuance of common stock through dividend reinvestment plan contributions		109			202			—
Redemption of preferred stock		(15,000	)		—			—
Acquisition of Central Financial Corporation		—			15,985			—
Acquisition of The Nashua Bank		—			—			14,632
Purchase of warrants		—			—			(737	)
Repayment of note payable		—			—			(543	)
Tax benefit for stock options and awards		2			30			25
Dividends paid on preferred stock		(230	)		(316	)		(848	)
Dividends paid on common stock		(4,127	)		(3,684	)		(3,052	)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(2,774	)		12,731			12,842
Net increase (decrease) in cash		490			(1,118	)		1,051
Cash, beginning of year		2,589			3,707			2,656
Cash, end of year	$	3,079		$	2,589		$	3,707

F-58

The parent company only Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity are identical to the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and are therefore not reprinted here.

NOTE 25. Quarterly Results of Operations (UNAUDITED)

Summarized quarterly financial data for 2014 and 2013 follows:

	(In thousands, except earnings per share)
	2014 Quarters Ended
	March 31		June 30		Sept 30		Dec 31
Interest and dividend income	$	11,880	$	12,254	$	12,319	$	12,275
Interest expense		1,627		1,591		1,689		1,892
Net interest and dividend income		10,253		10,663		10,630		10,383
Provision for loan losses		—		709		27		169
Noninterest income		4,382		5,072		4,868		4,904
Noninterest expense		11,593		11,690		11,458		11,905
Income before income taxes		3,042		3,336		4,013		3,213
Income tax expense		899		994		1,309		362
Net income	$	2,143	$	2,342	$	2,704	$	2,851
Net income available to common stockholders	$	2,085	$	2,284	$	2,646	$	2,795
Basic earnings per common share	$	0.25	$	0.28	$	0.32	$	0.34
Earnings per common share, assuming dilution	$	0.25	$	0.28	$	0.32	$	0.34
	(In thousands, except earnings per share)
	2013 Quarters Ended
	March 31		June 30		Sept 30		Dec 31
Interest and dividend income	$	9,857	$	9,532	$	9,573	$	11,314
Interest expense		1,709		1,717		1,500		1,571
Net interest and dividend income		8,148		7,815		8,073		9,743
Provision for loan losses		414		162		118		268
Noninterest income		3,180		3,392		4,541		4,575
Noninterest expense		8,031		8,269		9,509		11,155
Income before income taxes		2,883		2,776		2,987		2,895
Income tax expense		831		981		415		900
Net income	$	2,052	$	1,795	$	2,572	$	1,995
Net income available to common stockholders	$	1,911	$	1,735	$	2,514	$	1,937
Basic earnings per common share	$	0.27	$	0.25	$	0.35	$	0.24
Earnings per common share, assuming dilution	$	0.27	$	0.25	$	0.35	$	0.24

NOTE 26. Subsequent Events

On January 8, 2015, the Company declared a regular quarterly cash dividend of $0.13 per share, payable January 30, 2015 to stockholders of record as of January 23, 2015.

NOTE 27. Reclassification

Certain amounts in the prior year have been reclassified to be consistent with the current year’s statement presentation.

F-59

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

New Hampshire Thrift Bancshares, Inc.

By:	/s/ Stephen R. Theroux	President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)	March 16, 2015
	Stephen R. Theroux

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose individual signature appears below hereby authorizes and appoints Stephen R. Theroux and Laura Jacobi, and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent to act in his or her name, place and stead and to execute in the name and on behalf of each person, individually and in each capacity stated below, and to file any and all amendments to this report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing, ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or their or his or her substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 16, 2015.

Name	Title
/s/ Stephen W. Ensign Stephen W. Ensign	Executive Chairman of the Board
/s/ Stephen R. Theroux Stephen R. Theroux	Vice Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Laura Jacobi Laura Jacobi	First Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Secretary (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
/s/ Leonard R. Cashman Leonard R. Cashman	Director
/s/ Steven H. Dimick Steven H. Dimick	Director
/s/ Catherine A. Feeney Catherine A. Feeney	Director
/s/ Stephen J. Frasca Stephen J. Frasca	Director

Name	Title
/s/ William C. Horn William C. Horn	Director
/s/ Peter R. Lovely Peter R. Lovely	Director
/s/ Jack H. Nelson Jack H. Nelson	Director
/s/ John P. Stabile II John P. Stabile II	Director
/s/ Joseph B. Willey Joseph B. Willey	Director

Exhibit Index

Exhibit No.	Description
2.1	Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated February 15, 2013, by and between Lake Sunapee Bank, fsb, and Meredith Village Savings Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 22, 2013).
2.2	Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated March 21, 2013, between Lake Sunapee Bank, fsb, and Meredith Village Savings Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 27, 2013).
2.3	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 3, 2013, by and between the Company and Central Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 3, 2013).
3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed with the SEC on January 9, 2015).
3.2	Certificate of Designations establishing the rights of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 22, 2009).
3.3	Amended and Restated Certificate of Designations establishing the rights of the Company’s Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 25, 2013).
3.4	Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 16, 2014).
4.1	Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on March 1, 1989).
4.2	Indenture by and between the Company, as Issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, dated March 30, 2004 for Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 filed with the SEC on March 29, 2005).
4.3	Form of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture issued by the Company to U.S. Bank National Association dated March 30, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 filed with the SEC on March 29, 2005).
4.4	Indenture by and between the Company, as Issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, dated March 30, 2004 for Fixed/Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to NHTB’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 filed with the SEC on March 29, 2005).
4.5	Form of Fixed/Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures issued by the Company to U.S. Bank National Association, dated March 30, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 filed with the SEC on March 29, 2005).
4.6	Form of Subordinated Note issued by the Company to certain noteholders, dated October 24, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 29, 2014).
10.1*	Profit Sharing-Stock Ownership Plan of the Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, as amended, filed with the SEC on November 5, 1996).

Exhibit No.	Description
10.2	Guarantee Agreement by and between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, dated March 30, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 filed with the SEC on March 29, 2005).
10.3	Guarantee Agreement by and between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, dated March 30, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 filed with the SEC on March 29, 2005).
10.4	Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement by and among the Company and the noteholders named therein, dated October 29, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 29, 2014).
10.5*	The Company’s 1998 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on March 6, 1998).
10.6*	The Company’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on April 8, 2004).
10.7*	The Company’s 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on July 11, 2014).
10.8*	Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on July 11, 2014).
10.9*	Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on July 11, 2014).
10.10*	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on July 11, 2014).
10.11*	Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with SEC on December 14, 2005).
10.7*	Amendment to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with SEC on March 14, 2006).
10.8*	Amendment to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 2, 2007).
10.9*	Form of Executive Salary Continuation Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 21, 2008).
10.10*	Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between the Bank and Stephen R. Theroux (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 9, 2012).
10.11*	Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between the Bank and Laura Jacobi (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 19, 2014).
10.12	Small Business Lending Fund—Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2011, between the Company and Secretary of the Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 29, 2011).

Exhibit No.	Description
10.13	First Amendment to Securities Purchase Agreement, dated March 20, 2013, between the Company and Secretary of the Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 25, 2013).
10.14*	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated July 18, 2000, by and between the Bank and Stephen W. Ensign (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 23, 2012).
10.15*	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated July 18, 2000, by and between the Company and Stephen W. Ensign (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 23, 2012).
10.16*	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated July 18, 2000, by and between the Bank and Stephen R. Theroux (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 23, 2012).
10.17*	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated July 18, 2000, by and between the Company and Stephen R. Theroux (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 23, 2012).
10.18*	Executive Chairman Employment Agreement, effective June 1, 2012, by and between the Bank and Stephen W. Ensign (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 23, 2012).
10.19*	Executive Chairman Employment Agreement, effective June 1, 2012, by and between the Company and Stephen W. Ensign (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 23, 2012).
10.20*	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective June 1, 2012, by and between the Bank and Stephen R. Theroux (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 23, 2012).
10.21*	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective June 1, 2012, by and between the Company and Stephen R. Theroux (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 23, 2012).
10.22*	Form of One-Year Change of Control Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 23, 2012).
10.23*	Consulting Services Letter Agreement by and between the Company, the Bank and Stephen W. Ensign, dated February 14, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 22, 2013).
10.24*	Three-Year Change of Control Agreement by and between the Company, the Bank and William J. McIver, dated February 14, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 22, 2013).
10.25*	Consulting Services Letter Agreement by and between the Company, the Bank and Steven H. Dimick, dated November 6, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 14, 2013).
21.1	Subsidiaries of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 filed with the SEC on March 17, 2014).
23.1	Consent of Shatswell, MacLeod & Company, P.C.
31.1	Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer.

Exhibit No.	Description
31.2	Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer.
32.1**	Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Executive Officer.
32.2**	Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Financial Officer.
101	Financial statements from the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2014, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

* Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

** Furnished herewith and not deemed to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act.